Text

Technical Specifications
	ML13357A053
Person / Time
Site:	Watts Bar
Issue date:	12/12/2013
From:	; Tennessee Valley Authority
To:	; Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
Shared Package
ML13357A047	List: ML13357A048; ML13357A050; ML13357A051; ML13357A053; ML13357A054;
References
	Download: ML13357A053 (369)
	v • d • e

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS WATTS BAR - UNIT 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 i (developmental)

B TABLE OF CONTENTS ---------------------------.i LIST OF TABLES ------------------------------vi LIST OF FIGURES -----------------------------.vii LIST OF ACRONYMS ----------------------------viii LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES ------------------------..x 1.0 USE AND APPLICATION ---------------------...1.1-1

1.1 Definitions

.1.1-1 1.2 Logical Connectors -----------------...................1.2-1 1.3 Completion Times ----------------------...1.3-1 1.4 Frequency --------------------------1.4-1

2.0 SAFETY

LIMITS (SLs) -----------------------.2.0-1 2.1 SLs -----------------------------.2.0-1 2.2 SL Violations -------------------------.2.0-1

3.0 LIMITING

CONDITION FOR OPERATION (LCO) APPLICABILITY ----3.0-1

3.0 SURVEILLANCE

REQUIREMENT (SR) APPLICABILITY -------....3.0-4

3.1 REACTIVITY

CONTROL SYSTEMS -----------------.3.1-1 3.1.1 SHUTDOWN MARGIN (SDM) - Tavg > 200°F -------...............3.1-1

3.1.2 SHUTDOWN

MARGIN (SDM) - Tavg 200°F -----------.

3.1-2 3.1.3 Core Reactivity ------------------------.3.1-3 3.1.4 Moderator Temperature Coefficient (MTC) ------------.3.1-5 3.1.5 Rod Group Alignment Limits ------------------..3.1-7 3.1.6 Shutdown Bank Insertion Limits -----------------3.1-10 3.1.7 Control Bank Insertion Limits ------------------.3.1-12 3.1.8 Rod Position Indication --------------------...3.1-15 3.1.9 PHYSICS TESTS Exceptions - MODE 1 ------------....3.1-18 3.1.10 PHYSICS TESTS Exceptions - MODE 2 ------------....3.1-20

3.2 POWER

DISTRIBUTION LIMITS ------------------..3.2-1 3.2.1 Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (F Q(Z)) --------------..3.2-1

3.2.2 Nuclear

Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor -------........

3.2-6 3.2.3 AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD) --------------......3.2-8 3.2.4 QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR) ------------3.2-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)

(continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 ii (developmental)

A 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION -----------------------..3.3-1 3.3.1 Reactor Trip System (RTS) Instrumentation -----------...3.3-1 3.3.2 Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS) Instrumentation ----------------------..3.3-24 3.3.3 Post Accident Monitoring (PAM) Instrumentation ---------..3.3-41 3.3.4 Remote Shutdown System -------------------.3.3-47 3.3.5 Loss of Power (LOP) Diesel Generator (DG) Start Instrumentation ----------------------.3.3-50 3.3.6 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation --------.............3.3-53 3.3.7 Control Room Emergency Ventilation System (CREVS) Actuation Instrumentation --------------..............3.3-58 3.3.8 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) Actuation Instrumentation ----------------------.3.3-62

3.4 REACTOR

COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) ----------------3.4-1 3.4.1 RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) Limits --------------------..3.4-1 3.4.2 RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality ------------...3.4-3 3.4.3 RCS Pressure and Temperature (P/T) Limits -----------.3.4-4 3.4.4 RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2 -----------------...3.4-6 3.4.5 RCS Loops - MODE 3 ---------------------.3.4-7 3.4.6 RCS Loops - MODE 4 ---------------------.3.4-9 3.4.7 RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled --------------....3.4-12 3.4.8 RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled -------------.3.4-14 3.4.9 Pressurizer --------------------------3.4-16 3.4.10 Pressurizer Safety Valves -------------------..3.4-18 3.4.11 Pressurizer Power Operated Relief Valves (PORVs) --------3.4-20 3.4.12 Cold Overpressure Mitigation System (COMS) ----------..3.4-23 3.4.13 RCS Operational LEAKAGE ------------------..3.4-28 3.4.14 RCS Pressure Isolation Valve (PIV) Leakage -----------.3.4-30 3.4.15 RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation -------------3.4-33 3.4.16 RCS Specific Activity ------------------.............3.4-35 3.4.17 Steam Generator (SG) Tube Integrity --------------..3.4-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 iii (developmental)

B 3.5 EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEMS (ECCS) ------..............3.5-1 3.5.1 Accumulators -------------------------3.5-1 3.5.2 ECCS - Operating ----------..------------.3.5-3 3.5.3 ECCS - Shutdown ------------------..----.3.5-6 3.5.4 Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST) -------------..3.5-8 3.5.5 Seal Injection Flow -..---------------------3.5-10

3.6 CONTAINMENT

SYSTEMS ---------------------3.6-1 3.6.1 Containment ------------..------------...3.6-1 3.6.2 Containment Air Locks ---------.-----------..3.6-2 3.6.3 Containment Isolation Valves ------------------3.6-7 3.6.4 Containment Pressure --------------.------...3.6-14 3.6.5 Containment Air Temperature -----------------...3.6-15 3.6.6 Containment Spray System ------------------...3.6-17 3.6.7 DELETED --------------------------.3.6-19 3.6.8 Hydrogen Mitigation System (HMS) ---------------.3.6-20 3.6.9 Emergency Gas Treatment System (EGTS) -----------..3.6-22 3.6.10 Air Return System (ARS) --------------------3.6-24 3.6.11 Ice Bed ---------------------------..3.6-25 3.6.12 Ice Condenser Doors ---------------------..3.6-28 3.6.13 Divider Barrier Integrity --------------------...3.6-31 3.6.14 Containment Recirculation Drains ----------------3.6-33 3.6.15 Shield Building ------------------------.3.6-35

3.7 PLANT

SYSTEMS ---------------------..............3.7-1 3.7.1 Main Steam Safety Valves (MSSVs) ------------...........3.7-1 3.7.2 Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIVs) --------------..3.7-4 3.7.3 Main Feedwater Isolation Valves (MFIVs) and Main Feedwater Regulation Valves (MFRVs) and Associated Bypass Valves ...........3.7-6 3.7.4 Atmospheric Dump Valves (ADVs) ---------------...3.7-8 3.7.5 Auxiliary Feedwater (AFW) System ---------------..3.7-10 3.7.6 Condensate Storage Tank (CST) ----------------.3.7-14 3.7.7 Component Cooling System (CCS) ---------------..3.7-16

3.7.8 Essential

Raw Cooling Water (ERCW) System ----------.3.7-18 3.7.9 Ultimate Heat Sink (UHS) -------------------..3.7-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 iv (developmental)

H 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS (continued) 3.7.10 Control Room Emergency Ventilation System (CREVS) ------..3.7-21 3.7.11 Control Room Emergency Air Temperature Control System (CREATCS) ------------------------3.7-24 3.7.12 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) --------..3.7-26 3.7.13 Fuel Storage Pool Water Level -----------------..3.7-28 3.7.14 Secondary Specific Activity ----------------...........3.7-29 3.7.15 Spent Fuel Assembly Storage -----------------...3.7-30

3.8 ELECTRICAL

POWER SYSTEMS --------------...............3.8-1 3.8.1 AC Sources - Operating --------------.......................3.8-1 3.8.2 AC Sources - Shutdown --------------.......................3.8-15 3.8.3 Diesel Fuel Oil, Lube Oil, and Starting Air -..--------............3.8-18 3.8.4 DC Sources - Operating -----------..-----..............3.8-21 3.8.5 DC Sources - Shutdown -------------..---.............3.8-25 3.8.6 Battery Parameters -----------------....................3.8-28 3.8.7 Inverters - Operating --------------............................3.8-33 3.8.8 Inverters - Shutdown --------------............................3.8-34 3.8.9 Distribution Systems - Operating -------------.............3.8-37 3.8.10 Distribution Systems - Shutdown ----------------..3.8-39

3.9 REFUELING

OPERATIONS --------------------..3.9-1 3.9.1 Boron Concentration ---------------------...3.9-1 3.9.2 Unborated Water Source Isolation Valves ------------..3.9-2 3.9.3 Nuclear Instrumentation --------..-----------...3.9-3 3.9.4 THIS SECTION NOT USED ------------------...3.9-5 3.9.5 Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level ---------------------..3.9-6 3.9.6 Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - Low Water Level ----------------------3.9-8 3.9.7 Refueling Cavity Water Level ------------------3.9-10 3.9.8 THIS SECTION NOT USED ------------------...3.9-11 3.9.9 Spent Fuel Pool Boron Concentration --------..------3.9-12 3.9.10 Decay Time ............................................................................................3.9-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 v (developmental)

G 4.0 DESIGN FEATURES ------------------------4.0-1 4.1 Site -----------------------------.4.0-1 4.2 Reactor Core -------------------------4.0-1 4.3 Fuel Storage -------------------------.4.0-2

5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE

CONTROLS ---------------..............5.0-1 5.1 Responsibility ------------------.-....................5.0-1 5.2 Organization ---------------.................................... 5.0-2 5.3 Unit Staff Qualifications ---------------....................5.0-4 5.4 Training ---------------............................................5.0-5 5.5 Reviews and Audits ---------------..........................5.0-6 5.6 Technical Specifications (TS) Bases Control Program -.......................5.0-7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals ---------....................5.0-8 5.8 Safety Function Determination Program (SFDP) ----.....................5.0-29 5.9 Reporting Requirements --------------------.5.0-30 5.10 Record Retention ---------------.............................5.0-36 5.11 High Radiation Area ---------------.........................5.0-37

H Watts Bar - Unit 2 vi (developmental)

H LIST OF TABLES

TABLE No. TITLE PAGE 1.1-1 MODES ---------------------.--................1.1-8 3.3.1-1 Reactor Trip System Instrumentation ---------..-----..3.3-15 3.3.2-1 Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System Instrumentation ---...3.3-33 3.3.3-1 Post Accident Monitoring Instrumentation --------..----..3.3-44 3.3.4-1 Remote Shutdown System Instrumentation and Controls ------..3.3-49 3.3.5-1 LOP DG Start Instrumentation ------------.....----..3.3-52 3.3.6-1 Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation -------..----..3.3-57 3.3.7-1 CREVS Actuation Instrumentation -----------...----..3.3-61 3.3.8-1 ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation -----------...----..3.3-64 3.7.1-1 OPERABLE Main Steam Safety Valves Versus Maximum Allowable Power ----------------------3.7-3 3.7.1-2 Main Steam Safety Valve Lift Settings --------------..3.7-3 3.8.1-1 Diesel Generator Test Schedule ------------...---.....3.8-14

Watts Bar - Unit 2 vii (developmental)

H LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE No. TITLE PAGE 2.1.1-1 Reactor Core Safety Limits ---------------.----2.0-2 4.1-1 Site and Exclusion Area Boundaries ----------.-----4.0-4 4.1-2 Low Population Zone --------------------.......4.0-5 4.3-1 Spent Fuel Storage Racks --------------..---.......4.0-6 4.3-2 New Fuel Storage Rack Loading Pattern ---------.----4.0-7

4.3-3 Minimum Required Burnup for Unrestricted Storage of Fuel of Various Initial Enrichments ----.----...............................................

4.0-8 4.3-4 Minimum Required Burnup for a Checkerboard Arrangement of 2 Spent and 2 New Fuel Assemblies of 5wt% U-235 Enrichment (Maximum) ........................................................................................4.0-9

Watts Bar - Unit 2 viii (developmental)

A LIST OF ACRONYMS (Page 1 of 2)

ACRONYM TITLE ABGTS Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System ACRP Auxiliary Control Room Panel AFD Axial Flux Difference AFW Auxiliary Feedwater System ARFS Air Return Fan System ARO All Rods Out ARV Atmospheric Relief Valve ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers BOC Beginning of Cycle CAOC Constant Axial Offset Control CCS Component Cooling Water System CFR Code of Federal Regulations COLR Core Operating Limits Report CREVS Control Room Emergency Ventilation System CSS Containment Spray System CST Condensate Storage Tank DNB Departure from Nucleate Boiling ECCS Emergency Core Cooling System EFPD Effective Full-Power Days EGTS Emergency Gas Treatment System EOC End of Cycle ERCW Essential Raw Cooling Water ESF Engineered Safety Feature ESFAS Engineered Safety Features Actuation System HEPA High Efficiency Particulate Air HVAC Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning Watts Bar - Unit 2 ix (developmental)

B LIST OF ACRONYMS (Page 2 of 2)

ACRONYM TITLE LCO Limiting Condition For Operation MFIV Main Feedwater Isolation Valve MFRV Main Feedwater Regulation Valve MSIV Main Steam Line Isolation Valve MSSV Main Steam Safety Valve MTC Moderator Temperature Coefficient NMS Neutron Monitoring System ODCM Offsite Dose Calculation Manual PCP Process Control Program PDMS Power Distribution Monitoring System PIV Pressure Isolation Valve PORV Power-Operated Relief Valve PTLR Pressure and Temperature Limits Report QPTR Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio RAOC Relaxed Axial Offset Control RCCA Rod Cluster Control Assembly RCP Reactor Coolant Pump RCS Reactor Coolant System RHR Residual Heat Removal RTP Rated Thermal Power RTS Reactor Trip System RWST Refueling Water Storage Tank SG Steam Generator SI Safety Injection SL Safety Limit SR Surveillance Requirement UHS Ultimate Heat Sink

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES PAGE NUMBER AMENDMENT NUMBER PAGE NUMBER AMENDMENT NUMBER (continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 x (developmental)

H i B 1.1-8 A ii A 1.2-1 A iii B 1.2-2 A iv H 1.2-3 A v G 1.3-1 A vi H 1.3-2 A vii H 1.3-3 A viii A 1.3-4 A ix B 1.3-5 A x H 1.3-6 A xi G 1.3-7 A xii H 1.3-8 A xiii H 1.3-9 A xiv H 1.3-10 A xv H 1.3-11 A xvi H 1.3-12 A xvii B 1.4-1 A xviii A 1.4-2 A xix A 1.4-3 A 1.1-1 A 1.4-4 A 1.1-2 A 2.0-1 A 1.1-3 A 2.0-2 A 1.1-4 A 3.0-1 A 1.1-5 B 3.0-2 A 1.1-6 A 3.0-3 A 1.1-7 A 3.0-4 A TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (continued)

PAGE NUMBER AMENDMENT NUMBER PAGE NUMBER AMENDMENT NUMBER (continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 xi (developmental)

G 3.0-5 A 3.2-5 A 3.1-1 A 3.2-6 A 3.1-2 A 3.2-7 A 3.1-3 A 3.2-8 A 3.1-4 A 3.2-9 F 3.1-5 A 3.2-10 F 3.1-6 A 3.2-11 B 3.1-7 A 3.3-1 A 3.1-8 A 3.3-2 A 3.1-9 A 3.3-3 A 3.1-10 A 3.3-4 A 3.1-11 A 3.3-5 F 3.1-12 A 3.3-6 A 3.1-13 A 3.3-7 A 3.1-14 A 3.3-8 A 3.1-15 F 3.3-9 A 3.1-16 E 3.3-10 A 3.1-17 D 3.3-11 G 3.1-18 A 3.3-12 A 3.1-19 A 3.3-13 A 3.1-20 A 3.3-14 A 3.1-21 A 3.3-15 F 3.2-1 A 3.3-16 G 3.2-2 A 3.3-17 G 3.2-3 A 3.3-18 G 3.2-4 B 3.3-19 F TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (continued)

PAGE NUMBER AMENDMENT NUMBER PAGE NUMBER AMENDMENT NUMBER (continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 xii (developmental)

H 3.3-20 A 3.3-46 B 3.3-21 A 3.3-47 F 3.3-22 A 3.3-48 B 3.3-23 A 3.3-49 A 3.3-24 A 3.3-50 A 3.3-25 A 3.3-51 A 3.3-26 A 3.3-52 A 3.3-27 A 3.3-53 H 3.3-28 B 3.3-54 H 3.3-29 A 3.3-55 B 3.3-30 A 3.3-56 A 3.3-31 B 3.3-57 H 3.3-32 F 3.3-58 A 3.3-33 F 3.3-59 A 3.3-34 F 3.3-60 A 3.3-35 F 3.3-61 H 3.3-36 F 3.3-62 A 3.3-37 F 3.3-63 H 3.3-38 G 3.3-64 H 3.3-39 F 3.4-1 A 3.3-40 F 3.4-2 B 3.3-41 B 3.4-3 A 3.3-42 B 3.4-4 A 3.3-43 B 3.4-5 A 3.3-44 H 3.4-6 A 3.3-45 B 3.4-7 A TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (continued)

PAGE NUMBER AMENDMENT NUMBER PAGE NUMBER AMENDMENT NUMBER (continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 xiii (developmental)

H 3.4-8 A 3.4-34 F 3.4-9 B 3.4-35 H 3.4-10 A 3.4-36 H 3.4-11 A 3.4-37 A 3.4-12 B 3.4-38 G 3.4-13 A 3.4-39 G 3.4-14 A 3.5-1 B 3.4-15 A 3.5-2 A 3.4-16 A 3.5-3 A 3.4-17 A 3.5-4 B 3.4-18 F 3.5-5 B 3.4-19 A 3.5-6 F 3.4-20 F 3.5-7 A 3.4-21 A 3.5-8 A 3.4-22 A 3.5-9 A 3.4-23 F 3.5-10 A 3.4-24 B 3.5-11 A 3.4-25 B 3.6-1 A 3.4-26 G 3.6-2 F 3.4-27 B 3.6-3 A 3.4-28 F 3.6-4 A 3.4-29 A 3.6-5 A 3.4-30 F 3.6-6 A 3.4-31 F 3.6-7 A 3.4-32 A 3.6-8 B 3.4-33 B 3.6-9 B TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (continued)

PAGE NUMBER AMENDMENT NUMBER PAGE NUMBER AMENDMENT NUMBER (continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 xiv (developmental)

H 3.6-10 A 3.6-36 A 3.6-11 B 3.7-1 F 3.6-12 B 3.7-2 A 3.6-13 A 3.7-3 A 3.6-14 A 3.7-4 A 3.6-15 A 3.7-5 A 3.6-16 A 3.7-6 A 3.6-17 A 3.7-7 A 3.6-18 A 3.7-8 A 3.6-19 B 3.7-9 A 3.6-20 A 3.7-10 A 3.6-21 A 3.7-11 A 3.6-22 F 3.7-12 A 3.6-23 A 3.7-13 A 3.6-24 A 3.7-14 A 3.6-25 A 3.7-15 A 3.6-26 D 3.7-16 H 3.6-27 A 3.7-17 H 3.6-28 A 3.7-18 F 3.6-29 A 3.7-19 A 3.6-30 A 3.7-20 A 3.6-31 F 3.7-21 F 3.6-32 H 3.7-22 A 3.6-33 A 3.7-23 A 3.6-34 A 3.7-24 F 3.6-35 A 3.7-25 A TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (continued)

PAGE NUMBER AMENDMENT NUMBER PAGE NUMBER AMENDMENT NUMBER (continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 xv (developmental)

H 3.7-26 H 3.8-22 H 3.7-27 A 3.8-23 H 3.7-28 A 3.8-24 H 3.7-29 A 3.8-25 H 3.7-30 A 3.8-26 H 3.8-1 F 3.8-27 H 3.8-2 F 3.8-28 H 3.8-3 A 3.8-29 H 3.8-4 A 3.8-30 H 3.8-5 A 3.8-31 H 3.8-6 H 3.8-32 H 3.8-7 H 3.8-33 B 3.8-8 H 3.8-34 A 3.8-9 H 3.8-35 A 3.8-10 H 3.8-36 A 3.8-11 A 3.8-37 A 3.8-12 H 3.8-38 A 3.8-13 H 3.8-39 A 3.8-14 A 3.8-40 A 3.8-15 B 3.9-1 F 3.8-16 A 3.9-2 F 3.8-17 A 3.9-3 F 3.8-18 A 3.9-4 A 3.8-19 A 3.9-5 H 3.8-20 A 3.9-6 A 3.8-21 H 3.9-7 A TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (continued)

PAGE NUMBER AMENDMENT NUMBER PAGE NUMBER AMENDMENT NUMBER (continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 xvi (developmental)

H 3.9-8 A 5.0-12 A 3.9-9 A 5.0-13 A 3.9-10 A 5.0-14 G 3.9-11 H 5.0-15 G 3.9-12 A 5.0-16 G 3.9-13 H 5.0-17 A 4.0-1 C 5.0-18 H 4.0-2 H 5.0-19 H 4.0-3 A 5.0-20 H 4.0-4 A 5.0-21 A 4.0-5 A 5.0-22 A 4.0-6 A 5.0-23 A 4.0-7 A 5.0-24 A 4.0-8 H 5.0-25 H 4.0-9 H 5.0-26 A 5.0-1 A 5.0-27 H 5.0-2 A 5.0-28 H 5.0-3 B 5.0-29 A 5.0-4 A 5.0-30 H 5.0-5 A 5.0-31 B 5.0-6 A 5.0-32 B 5.0-7 A 5.0-33 A 5.0-8 A 5.0-34 B 5.0-9 A 5.0-35 G 5.0-10 A 5.0-36 A 5.0-11 A 5.0-37 A TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (continued)

PAGE NUMBER AMENDMENT NUMBER PAGE NUMBER AMENDMENT NUMBER Watts Bar - Unit 2 xvii (developmental)

B 5.0-38 A 5.0-39 A 5.0-40 B Watts Bar - Unit 2 xviii (developmental)

A TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - AMENDMENT LISTING (This listing is an administrative tool maintained by WBN Licensing. It may be updated without formally revising the Technical Specifications Table of Contents.)

Amendments Issued Subject Watts Bar - Unit 2 xix (developmental)

A TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - LIST OF APPROVED EXEMPTIONS (This listing is an administrative tool maintained by WBN Licensing. It may be updated without formally revising the Technical Specifications Table of Contents.)

Definitions 1.1 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.1-1 (developmental)

A 1.0 USE AND APPLICATION

1.1 Definitions

NOTE---------------------------------------------------------- The defined terms of this section appear in capitalized type and are applicable throughout these Technical Specifications and Bases.

Term Definition ACTIONS ACTIONS shall be that part of a Specification that prescribes Required Actions to be taken under designated Conditions within specified Completion Times. ACTUATION LOGIC TEST An ACTUATION LOGIC TEST shall be the application of various simulated or actual input combinations in conjunction with each possible interlock logic state and the verification of the required logic output. The ACTUATION LOGIC TEST, as a minimum, shall include a continuity check of output devices. AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD) AFD shall be the difference in normalized flux signals between the top and bottom halves of a two section excore neutron detector. CHANNEL CALIBRATION A CHANNEL CALIBRATION shall be the adjustment, as necessary, of the channel so that it responds within the required range and accuracy to known input. The CHANNEL CALIBRATION shall encompass the entire channel, including the required sensor, alarm, interlock, display, and trip functions. Calibration of instrument channels with resistance

temperature detector (RTD) or thermocouple sensors may consist of an inplace qualitative assessment of sensor behavior and normal calibration of the remaining adjustable devices in the channel. Whenever a sensing element is replaced, the next required CHANNEL CALIBRATION shall include an inplace cross calibration that compares the other sensing elements with the recently installed sensing element. The CHANNEL CALIBRATION may be performed by means of any series of sequential, overlapping calibrations or total channel steps so that the entire channel is calibrated.

Definitions 1.1

1.1 Definitions

(continued)

(continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.1-2 (developmental)

A CHANNEL CHECK A CHANNEL CHECK shall be the qualitative assessment, by observation, of channel behavior during operation. This determination shall include, where possible, comparison of the channel indication and status to other indications or status derived from independent instrument channels measuring the same parameter. CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST (COT) A COT shall be the injection of a simulated or actual signal into the channel as close to the sensor as practicable to verify the OPERABILITY of required alarm, interlock, display, and trip functions. The COT shall include adjustments, as necessary, of the required alarm, interlock, and trip setpoints so that the setpoints are within the required range and accuracy. CORE ALTERATION CORE ALTERATION shall be the movement of any fuel, sources, or other reactivity control components, within the reactor vessel with the vessel head removed and fuel in the vessel. Suspension of CORE ALTERATIONS shall not preclude completion of movement of a component to a safe position.

CORE OPERATING LIMITS REPORT (COLR) The COLR is the unit specific document that provides cycle specific parameter limits for the initial and current reload

cycle. These cycle specific parameter limits shall be determined for the initial and each reload cycle in accordance with Specification 5.9.5. Plant operation within these limits is addressed in individual Specifications. DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 shall be that concentration of I-131 (microcuries/gram) that alone would produce the same thyroid dose as the quantity and isotopic mixture of I-131, I-132, I-133, I-134, and I-135 actually present. The thyroid dose conversion factors used for this calculation shall be those listed in Table E-7 of Regulatory Guide 1.109, Rev. 1, NRC, 1977.

Definitions 1.1

1.1 Definitions

(continued)

(continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.1-3 (developmental)

A - AVERAGE DISINTEGRATION ENERGY shall be the average (weighted in proportion to the concentration of each radionuclide in the reactor coolant at

the time of sampling) of the sum of the average beta and gamma energies per disintegration (in MeV) for isotopes, other than iodines, with half lives > 15 minutes, making up at least 95% of the total noniodine activity in the coolant. ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURE (ESF) RESPONSE TIME The ESF RESPONSE TIME shall be that time interval from when the monitored parameter exceeds its ESF actuation setpoint at the channel sensor until the ESF equipment is capable of performing its safety function (i.e., the valves travel to their required positions, pump discharge pressures reach their required values, etc.). Times shall include diesel generator starting and sequence loading delays, where applicable. The response time may be measured by means of any series of sequential, overlapping, or total steps so that the entire response time is measured. In lieu of measurement, response time may be verified for selected components provided that the components and the

methodology for verification have been previously reviewed and approved by the NRC.

L a The maximum allowable primary containment leakage rate, L a, shall be .25% of primary containment air weight per day at the calculated peak containment pressure (P a).

Definitions 1.1

1.1 Definitions

(continued)

(continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.1-4 (developmental)

A LEAKAGE LEAKAGE shall be: a. Identified LEAKAGE

1. LEAKAGE, such as that from pump seals or valve packing (except reactor coolant pump (RCP) seal water injection or leakoff), that is captured and conducted to collection systems or a sump or collecting tank; 2. LEAKAGE into the containment atmosphere from sources that are both specifically located and known either not to interfere with the operation of leakage detection systems or not to be pressure boundary LEAKAGE; or 3. Reactor Coolant System (RCS) LEAKAGE through a steam generator to the Secondary System (primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE); b. Unidentified LEAKAGE All LEAKAGE (except RCP seal water injection or leakoff) that is not identified LEAKAGE; c. Pressure Boundary LEAKAGE LEAKAGE (except primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE) through a nonisolable fault in an RCS component body, pipe wall, or vessel wall. MASTER RELAY TEST A MASTER RELAY TEST shall consist of energizing each master relay and verifying the OPERABILITY of each relay. The MASTER RELAY TEST shall include a continuity check of each associated slave relay. MODE A MODE shall correspond to any one inclusive combination of core reactivity condition, power level, average reactor coolant temperature, and reactor vessel head closure bolt tensioning specified in Table 1.1-1 with fuel in the reactor vessel.

Definitions 1.1

1.1 Definitions

(continued)

(continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.1-5 (developmental)

B OPERABLE-OPERABILITY A system, subsystem, train, component, or device shall be OPERABLE or have OPERABILITY when it is capable of performing its specified safety function(s) and when all necessary attendant instrumentation, controls, normal or emergency electrical power, cooling and seal water, lubrication, and other auxiliary equipment that are required for

the system, subsystem, train, component, or device to perform its specified safety function(s) are also capable of performing their related support function(s). PDMS The Power Distribution Monitoring System (PDMS) is a real-time three dimensional core monitoring system. The system utilizes existing core instrumentation data and an on-line neutronics code to provide surveillance of core thermal limits. PHYSICS TESTS PHYSICS TESTS shall be those tests performed to measure the fundamental nuclear characteristics of the reactor core and related instrumentation. These tests are: a. Described in Chapter 14, Initial Test Program of the FSAR; b. Authorized under the provisions of 10 CFR 50.59; or c. Otherwise approved by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE LIMITS REPORT (PTLR) The PTLR is the unit specific document that provides the RCS pressure and temperature limits for heatup, cooldown, low temperature operation, criticality, and hydrostatic testing as well as heatup and cooldown rates for the current reactor vessel fluence period. These pressure and temperature limits shall be determined for each fluence period in accordance with Specification 5.9.6. Plant operation within these operating limits is addressed in LCO 3.4.3, "RCS Pressure and Temperature (P/T) Limits," and LCO 3.4.12, "Cold Overpressure Mitigation System (COMS)."

Definitions 1.1

1.1 Definitions

(continued)

(continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.1-6 (developmental)

A QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR) QPTR shall be the ratio of the maximum upper excore detector calibrated output to the average of the upper excore detector calibrated outputs, or the ratio of the maximum lower excore detector calibrated output to the average of the lower excore detector calibrated outputs, whichever is greater. RATED THERMAL POWER (RTP) RTP shall be a total reactor core heat transfer rate to the reactor coolant of 3411 MWt. REACTOR TRIP SYSTEM (RTS) RESPONSE TIME The RTS RESPONSE TIME shall be that time interval from when the monitored parameter exceeds its RTS trip setpoint at the channel sensor until loss of stationary gripper coil voltage. The response time may be measured by means of any series of sequential, overlapping, or total steps so that the entire response time is measured. In lieu of measurement, response time may be verified for selected components provided that the components and the

methodology for verification have been previously reviewed

and approved by the NRC. SHUTDOWN MARGIN (SDM) SDM shall be the instantaneous amount of reactivity by which the reactor is subcritical or would be subcritical from its present condition assuming: a. All rod cluster control assemblies (RCCAs) are fully inserted except for the single RCCA of highest reactivity worth, which is assumed to be fully withdrawn. With any RCCA not capable of being fully inserted, the reactivity worth of the RCCA must be accounted for in the determination of SDM; and b. In MODES 1 and 2, the fuel and moderator temperatures are changed to the nominal zero power design level. SLAVE RELAY TEST A SLAVE RELAY TEST shall consist of energizing each slave relay and verifying the OPERABILITY of each slave relay. The SLAVE RELAY TEST shall include, as a minimum, a continuity check of associated testable actuation devices.

Definitions 1.1

1.1 Definitions

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.1-7 (developmental)

A STAGGERED TEST BASIS A STAGGERED TEST BASIS shall consist of the testing of one of the systems, subsystems, channels, or other designated components during the interval specified by the Surveillance Frequency, so that all systems, subsystems, channels, or other designated components are tested during

n Surveillance Frequency intervals, where n is the total number of systems, subsystems, channels, or other designated components in the associated function.

THERMAL POWER THERMAL POWER shall be the total reactor core heat transfer rate to the reactor coolant. TRIP ACTUATING DEVICE OPERATIONAL TEST (TADOT) A TADOT shall consist of operating the trip actuating device and verifying the OPERABILITY of required alarm, interlock, display, and trip functions. The TADOT shall include adjustment, as necessary, of the trip actuating device so that it actuates at the required setpoint within the required accuracy.

Definitions

1.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 1.1-8 (developmental)

A Table 1.1-1 (page 1 of 1) MODES MODE TITLE REACTIVITY CONDITION (k eff) % RATED THERMAL POWER (a) AVERAGE REACTOR COOLANT TEMPERATURE

( F) 1 Power Operation 0.99 > 5 NA 2 Startup 0.99 5 NA 3 Hot Standby < 0.99 NA 350 4 Hot Shutdown (b) < 0.99 NA 350 > Tavg > 200 5 Cold Shutdown (b) < 0.99 NA 200 6 Refueling (c) NA NA NA (a) Excluding decay heat.

(b) All reactor vessel head closure bolts fully tensioned.

(c) One or more reactor vessel head closure bolts less than fully tensioned.

Logical Connectors 1.2 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.2-1 (developmental)

A 1.0 USE AND APPLICATION

1.2 Logical

Connectors PURPOSE The purpose of this section is to explain the meaning of logical connectors.

Logical connectors are used in Technical Specifications (TS) to discriminate between, and yet connect, discrete Conditions, Required Actions, Completion Times, Surveillances, and Frequencies. The only logical connectors that appear in TS are AND and OR. The physical arrangement of these connectors constitutes logical conventions with specific meanings.

BACKGROUND Several levels of logic may be used to state Required Actions. These levels are identified by the placement (or nesting) of the logical connectors and by the number assigned to each Required Action. The first level of logic is identified by the first digit of the number assigned to a Required Action and the placement of the logical connector in the first level of nesting (i.e., left justified with the number of the Required Action).

The successive levels of logic are identified by additional digits of the Required Action number and by successive indentations of the logical connectors.

When logical connectors are used to state a Condition, Completion Time, Surveillance, or Frequency, only the first level of logic is used, and the logical connector is left justified with the statement of the Condition, Completion Time, Surveillance, or Frequency.

Logical Connectors 1.2

1.2 Logical

Connectors (Continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.2-2 (developmental)

A EXAMPLES The following examples illustrate the use of logical connectors. EXAMPLE 1.2-1 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. LCO not met.

A.1 Verify . . .

AND A.2 Restore . . .

In this example the logical connector AND is used to indicate that when in Condition A, both Required Actions A.1 and A.2 must be completed.

Logical Connectors 1.2

1.2 Logical

Connectors Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.2-3 (developmental)

A EXAMPLES (continued)

EXAMPLE 1.2-2 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. LCO not met.

A.1 Trip . . .

OR A.2.1 Verify . . .

AND A.2.2.1 Reduce . . .

OR A.2.2.2 Perform . . .

OR A.3 Align . . .

This example represents a more complicated use of logical connectors. Required Actions A.1, A.2, and A.3 are alternative choices, only one of which must be performed as indicated by the use of the logical connector OR and the left justified placement. Any one of these three Actions may be chosen. If A.2 is chosen, then both A.2.1 and A.2.2 must be performed as indicated by the logical connector AND. Required Action A.2.2 is met by performing A.2.2.1 or A.2.2.2. The indented position of the logical connector OR indicates that A.2.2.1 and A.2.2.2 are alternative choices, only one of which must be performed.

Completion Times 1.3 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.3-1 (developmental)

A 1.0 USE AND APPLICATION

1.3 Completion

Times PURPOSE The purpose of this section is to establish the Completion Time convention and to provide guidance for its use.

BACKGROUND Limiting Conditions for Operation (LCOs) specify minimum requirements for ensuring safe operation of the unit. The ACTIONS associated with an LCO state Conditions that typically describe the ways in which the requirements of the LCO can fail to be met. Specified with each stated Condition are Required Action(s) and Completion Time(s).

DESCRIPTION The Completion Time is the amount of time allowed for completing a Required Action. It is referenced to the time of discovery of a situation (e.g., inoperable equipment or variable not within limits) that requires entering an ACTIONS Condition unless otherwise specified, providing the unit is in a MODE or specified condition stated in the Applicability of the LCO. Required Actions must be completed prior to the expiration of the specified Completion Time. An ACTIONS Condition remains in effect and the Required Actions apply until the Condition no longer exists or the unit is not within the LCO Applicability.

If situations are discovered that require entry into more than one Condition at a time within a single LCO (multiple Conditions), the Required Actions for each Condition must be performed within the associated Completion Time. When in multiple Conditions, separate Completion Times are tracked for each Condition starting from the time of discovery of the situation that required entry into the Condition.

Once a Condition has been entered, subsequent trains, subsystems, components, or variables expressed in the Condition, discovered to be inoperable or not within limits, will not result in separate entry into the Condition, unless specifically stated. The Required Actions of the Condition continue to apply to each additional failure, with Completion Times based on initial entry into the Condition.

Completion Times 1.3

1.3 Completion

Times (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.3-2 (developmental)

A DESCRIPTION (continued) However, when a subsequent train, subsystem, component, or variable expressed in the Condition is discovered to be inoperable or not within limits, the Completion Time(s) may be extended. To apply this Completion Time extension, two criteria must first be met. The subsequent inoperability:

a. Must exist concurrent with the first inoperability; and

b. Must remain inoperable or not within limits after the first inoperability is resolved.

The total Completion Time allowed for completing a Required Action to address the subsequent inoperability shall be limited to the more restrictive of either:

a. The stated Completion Time, as measured from the initial entry into the Condition, plus an additional 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months ; or

b. The stated Completion Time as measured from discovery of the subsequent inoperability.

The above Completion Time extensions do not apply to those Specifications that have exceptions that allow completely separate re-entry into the Condition (for each train, subsystem, component, or variable expressed in the Condition) and separate tracking of Completion Times based on this re-entry. These exceptions are stated in individual Specifications.

The above Completion Time extension does not apply to a Completion Time with a modified "time zero." This modified "time zero" may be expressed as a repetitive time (i.e., "once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months ," where the Completion Time is referenced from a previous completion of the Required Action versus the time of Condition entry) or as a time modified by the phrase "from discovery . . ." Example 1.3-3 illustrates one use of this type of Completion Time. The 10 day Completion Time specified for Conditions A and B in Example 1.3-3 may not be extended.

Completion Times 1.3

1.3 Completion

Times (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.3-3 (developmental)

A EXAMPLES The following examples illustrate the use of Completion Times with different types of Conditions and changing Conditions.

EXAMPLE 1.3-1 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months Condition B has two Required Actions. Each Required Action has its own separate Completion Time. Each Completion Time is referenced to the time that Condition B is entered.

The Required Actions of Condition B are to be in MODE 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months

AND in MODE 5 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months . A total of 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months is allowed for reaching MODE 3 and a total of 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months (not 42 hours4.861111e-4 days 0.0117 hours 6.944444e-5 weeks 1.5981e-5 months ) is allowed for reaching MODE 5 from the time that Condition B was entered. If MODE 3 is reached within 3 hours3.472222e-5 days 8.333333e-4 hours 4.960317e-6 weeks 1.1415e-6 months , the time allowed for reaching MODE 5 is the next 33 hours3.819444e-4 days 0.00917 hours 5.456349e-5 weeks 1.25565e-5 months because the total time allowed for reaching MODE 5 is 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months .

If Condition B is entered while in MODE 3, the time allowed for reaching MODE 5 is the next 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months .

Completion Times 1.3

1.3 Completion

Times (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.3-4 (developmental)

A EXAMPLES (continued) EXAMPLE 1.3-2 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One pump inoperable. A.1 Restore pump to OPERABLE status.

7 days B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months When a pump is declared inoperable, Condition A is entered. If the pump is not restored to OPERABLE status within 7 days, Condition B is entered and the Completion Time clocks for Required Actions B.1 and B.2 start. If the inoperable pump is restored to OPERABLE status after Condition B is entered, Condition A and B are exited, and therefore, the Required Actions of Condition B may be terminated.

When a second pump is declared inoperable while the first pump is still inoperable, Condition A is not re-entered for the second pump. LCO 3.0.3 is entered, since the ACTIONS do not include a Condition for more than one inoperable pump. The Completion Time clock for Condition A does not stop after LCO 3.0.3 is entered, but continues to be tracked from the time Condition A was initially entered.

While in LCO 3.0.3, if one of the inoperable pumps is restored to OPERABLE status and the Completion Time for Condition A has not expired, LCO 3.0.3 may be exited and operation continued in accordance

with Condition A.

While in LCO 3.0.3, if one of the inoperable pumps is restored to OPERABLE status and the Completion Time for Condition A has expired, LCO 3.0.3 may be exited and operation continued in accordance with Condition B. The Completion Time for Condition B is tracked from the time the Condition A Completion Time expired.

Completion Times 1.3

1.3 Completion

Times (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.3-5 (developmental)

A EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1.3-2 (continued)

On restoring one of the pumps to OPERABLE status, the Condition A Completion Time is not reset, but continues from the time the first pump was declared inoperable. This Completion Time may be extended if the pump restored to OPERABLE status was the first inoperable pump. A 24 hour2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months extension to the stated 7 days is allowed, provided this does not result in the second pump being inoperable for > 7 days.

Completion Times 1.3

1.3 Completion

Times (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.3-6 (developmental)

A EXAMPLES (continued) EXAMPLE 1.3-3 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One Function X train inoperable. A.1 Restore Function X train to OPERABLE status. 7 days AND 10 days from discovery of failure to meet the LCO B. One Function Y train inoperable. B.1 Restore Function Y train to OPERABLE status 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months AND 10 days from discovery of failure to meet the LCO C. One Function X train inoperable.

C.1 Restore Function X train to OPERABLE status. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months AND OR One Function Y train inoperable C.2 Restore Function Y train to OPERABLE status. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months Completion Times 1.3

1.3 Completion

Times (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.3-7 (developmental)

A EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1.3-3 (continued) When one Function X train and one Function Y train are inoperable, Condition A and Condition B are concurrently applicable. The Completion Times for Condition A and Condition B are tracked separately for each train starting from the time each train was declared inoperable and the Condition was entered. A separate Completion Time is established for Condition C and tracked from the time the second train was declared inoperable (i.e., the time the situation described in Condition C was

discovered).

If Required Action C.2 is completed within the specified Completion Time, Conditions B and C are exited. If the Completion Time for Required Action A.1 has not expired, operation may continue in accordance with Condition A. The remaining Completion Time in Condition A is measured from the time the affected train was declared inoperable (i.e., initial entry into Condition A).

The Completion Times of Conditions A and B are modified by a logical connector with a separate 10 day Completion Time measured from the time it was discovered the LCO was not met. In this example, without the separate Completion Time, it would be possible to alternate between Conditions A, B, and C in such a manner that operation could continue indefinitely without ever restoring systems to meet the LCO. The separate Completion Time modified by the phrase "from discovery of failure to meet the LCO" is designed to prevent indefinite continued

operation while not meeting the LCO. This Completion Time allows for an exception to the normal "time zero" for beginning the Completion Time "clock". In this instance, the Completion Time "time zero" is specified as commencing at the time the LCO was initially not met, instead of at the time the associated Condition was entered.

Completion Times 1.3

1.3 Completion

Times (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.3-8 (developmental)

A EXAMPLES (continued) EXAMPLE 1.3-4 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more valves inoperable. A.1 Restore valve(s) to OPERABLE status.

4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months B. Required Action and associated

Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 4. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months

A single Completion Time is used for any number of valves inoperable at the same time. The Completion Time associated with Condition A is based on the initial entry into Condition A and is not tracked on a per valve basis. Declaring subsequent valves inoperable, while Condition A is still in effect, does not trigger the tracking of separate Completion

Times.

Once one of the valves has been restored to OPERABLE status, the Condition A Completion Time is not reset, but continues from the time the first valve was declared inoperable. The Completion Time may be extended if the valve restored to OPERABLE status was the first inoperable valve. The Condition A Completion Time may be extended for up to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months provided this does not result in any subsequent valve being inoperable for > 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months .

If the Completion Time of 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months (including the extension) expires while one or more valves are still inoperable, Condition B is entered.

Completion Times 1.3

1.3 Completion

Times (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.3-9 (developmental)

A EXAMPLES (continued) EXAMPLE 1.3-5 ACTIONS

NOTE-------------------------------------------- Separate Condition entry is allowed for each inoperable valve. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more valves inoperable. A.1 Restore valve to OPERABLE status.

4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 4. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months The Note above the ACTIONS table is a method of modifying how the Completion Time is tracked. If this method of modifying how the Completion Time is tracked was applicable only to a specific Condition, the Note would appear in that Condition rather than at the top of the ACTIONS table.

The Note allows Condition A to be entered separately for each inoperable valve, and Completion Times tracked on a per valve basis. When a valve is declared inoperable, Condition A is entered and its Completion Time starts. If subsequent valves are declared inoperable, Condition A is entered for each valve and separate Completion Times start and are tracked for each valve.

If the Completion Time associated with a valve in Condition A expires, Condition B is entered for that valve. If the Completion Times associated with subsequent valves in Condition A expire, Condition B is entered separately for each valve and separate Completion Times start and are tracked for each valve. If a valve that caused entry into Condition B is restored to OPERABLE status, Condition B is exited for that valve.

Completion Times 1.3

1.3 Completion

Times (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.3-10 (developmental)

A EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1.3-5 (continued) Since the Note in this example allows multiple Condition entry and tracking of separate Completion Times, Completion Time extensions do

not apply.

EXAMPLE 1.3-6 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One channel inoperable. A.1 Perform SR 3.x.x.x. Once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months OR A.2 Reduce THERMAL POWER to 50% RTP.

8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months B. Required Action and associated

Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months Entry into Condition A offers a choice between Required Action A.1 or A.2. Required Action A.1 has a "Once per" Completion Time, which qualifies for the 25% extension, per SR 3.0.2, to each performance after the initial performance. The initial 8 hour9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months interval of Required Action A.1 begins when Condition A is entered and the initial performance of Required Action A.1 must be complete within the first 8 hour9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months interval. If Required Action A.1 is followed, and the Required Action is not met within the Completion Time (plus the extension allowed by SR 3.0.2),

Condition B is entered. If Required Action A.2 is followed and the Completion Time of 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months is not met, Condition B is entered.

If after entry into Condition B, Required Action A.1 or A.2 is met, Condition B is exited and operation may then continue in Condition A.

Completion Times 1.3

1.3 Completion

Times (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.3-11 (developmental)

A EXAMPLES (continued) EXAMPLE 1.3-7 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One subsystem inoperable A.1 Verify affected subsystem isolated.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND Once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months thereafter AND A.2 Restore subsystem to OPERABLE status. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months Required Action A.1 has two Completion Times. The 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months Completion Time begins at the time the Condition is entered and each "Once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months thereafter" interval begins upon performance of Required

Action A.1.

If after Condition A is entered, Required Action A.1 is not met within either the initial 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months or any subsequent 8 hour9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months interval from the previous performance (plus the extension allowed by SR 3.0.2), Condition B is entered. The Completion Time clock for Condition A does not stop after Condition B is entered, but continues from the time Condition A was initially entered. If Required Action A.1 is met after Condition B is entered, Condition B is exited and operation may continue in accordance

with Condition A, provided the Completion Time for Required Action A.2

has not expired.

Completion Times 1.3

1.3 Completion

Times Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.3-12 (developmental)

A IMMEDIATE COMPLETION TIME When "Immediately" is used as a Completion Time, the Required Action should be pursued without delay and in a controlled manner.

Frequency 1.4 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.4-1 (developmental)

A 1.0 USE AND APPLICATION

1.4 Frequency

PURPOSE The purpose of this section is to define the proper use and application of Frequency requirements.

DESCRIPTION Each Surveillance Requirement (SR) has a specified Frequency in which the Surveillance must be met in order to meet the associated LCO. An understanding of the correct application of the specified Frequency is necessary for compliance with the SR.

The "specified Frequency" is referred to throughout this section and each of the Specifications of Section 3.0, Surveillance Requirement (SR) Applicability. The "specified Frequency" consists of the requirements of the Frequency column of each SR as well as certain Notes in the Surveillance column that modify performance requirements.

Situations where a Surveillance could be required (i.e., its Frequency could expire), but where it is not possible or not desired that it be performed until sometime after the associated LCO is within its Applicability, represent potential SR 3.0.4 conflicts. To avoid these conflicts, the SR (i.e., the Surveillance or the Frequency) is stated such that it is only "required" when it can be and should be performed. With an SR satisfied, SR 3.0.4 imposes no restriction.

Frequency 1.4

1.4 Frequency

(Continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.4-2 (developmental)

A EXAMPLES The following examples illustrate the various ways that Frequencies are specified. In these examples, the Applicability of the LCO (LCO not shown) is MODES 1, 2, and 3 EXAMPLE 1.4-1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY Perform CHANNEL CHECK. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months Example 1.4-1 contains the type of SR most often encountered in the Technical Specifications (TS). The Frequency specifies an interval (12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months ) during which the associated Surveillance must be performed at least one time. Performance of the Surveillance initiates the subsequent interval. Although the Frequency is stated as 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months , an extension of the time interval to 1.25 times the interval specified in the Frequency is allowed by SR 3.0.2 for operational flexibility. The measurement of this interval continues at all times, even when the SR is not required to be met per SR 3.0.1 (such as when the equipment is inoperable, a variable is outside specified limits, or the unit is outside the Applicability of the LCO). If the interval specified by SR 3.0.2 is exceeded while the unit is in a MODE or other specified condition in the Applicability of the LCO, and the performance of the Surveillance is not otherwise modified (refer to Example 1.4-3), then SR 3.0.3 becomes applicable.

If the interval as specified by SR 3.0.2 is exceeded while the unit is not in a MODE or other specified condition in the Applicability of the LCO for which performance of the SR is required, the Surveillance must be performed within the Frequency requirements of SR 3.0.2 prior to entry into the MODE or other specified condition. Failure to do so would result in a violation of SR 3.0.4.

Frequency 1.4

1.4 Frequency

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.4-3 (developmental)

A EXAMPLES (continued) EXAMPLE 1.4-2 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY Verify flow is within limits. Once within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months after 25% RTP AND 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months thereafter Example 1.4-2 has two Frequencies. The first is a one time performance Frequency, and the second is of the type shown in Example 1.4-1. The logical connector "AND" indicates that both Frequency requirements must be met. Each time reactor power is increased from a power level < 25% RTP to 25% RTP, the Surveillance must be performed within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months .

The use of "once" indicates a single performance will satisfy the specified Frequency (assuming no other Frequencies are connected by "AND"). This type of Frequency does not qualify for the extension allowed by SR 3.0.2. "Thereafter" indicates future performances must be established per SR 3.0.2, but only after a specified condition is first met (i.e., the "once" performance in this example). If reactor power decreases to < 25% RTP, the measurement of both intervals stops. New intervals start upon reactor power reaching 25% RTP.

Frequency 1.4

1.4 Frequency

Watts Bar - Unit 2 1.4-4 (developmental)

A EXAMPLES (continued) EXAMPLE 1.4-3 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY

NOTE-------------------------------- Not required to be performed until 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months after 25% RTP. ------------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform channel adjustment. 7 days

The interval continues, whether or not the unit operation is < 25% RTP between performances.

As the Note modifies the required performance of the Surveillance, it is construed to be part of the "specified Frequency." Should the 7 day interval be exceeded while operation is < 25% RTP, this Note allows 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months after power reaches 25% RTP to perform the Surveillance. The Surveillance is still considered to be performed within the "specified Frequency." Therefore, if the Surveillance were not performed within the 7 day interval (plus the extension allowed by SR 3.0.2), but operation was

< 25% RTP, it would not constitute a failure of the SR or failure to meet the LCO. Also, no violation of SR 3.0.4 occurs when changing MODES, even with the 7 day Frequency not met, provided operation does not exceed 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months with power 25% RTP.

Once the unit reaches 25% RTP, 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months would be allowed for completing the Surveillance. If the Surveillance were not performed within this 12 hour1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months interval, there would then be a failure to perform a Surveillance within the specified Frequency and the provisions of SR 3.0.3 would apply.

SLs 2.0 2.0 SAFETY LIMITS (SLs)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 2.0-1 (developmental)

A 2.1 SLs

2.1.1 Reactor

Core SLs In MODES 1 and 2, the combination of THERMAL POWER, Reactor Coolant System (RCS) highest loop average temperature, and pressurizer pressure shall not exceed the SLs specified in Figure 2.1.1-1. 2.1.2 RCS Pressure SL In MODES 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5, the RCS pressure shall be maintained 2735 psig.

2.2 SL Violations 2.2.1 If SL 2.1.1 is violated, restore compliance and be in MODE 3 within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months . 2.2.2 If SL 2.1.2 is violated:

2.2.2.1 In MODE 1 or 2, restore compliance and be in MODE 3 within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months . 2.2.2.2 In MODE 3, 4, or 5, restore compliance within 5 minutes.

2.2.3 Within

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months , notify the NRC Operations Center, in accordance with 10 CFR 50.72. 2.2.4 Within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months , notify the Plant Manager and Site Vice President. 2.2.5 Within 30 days a Licensee Event Report (LER) shall be prepared pursuant to 10 CFR 50.73. The LER shall be submitted to the NRC, the NSRB, the Plant Manager, and Site Vice President. 2.2.6 Operation of the unit shall not be resumed until authorized by the NRC.

SLs 2.0 Watts Bar - Unit 2 2.0-2 (developmental)

A

Figure 2.1.1-1 (page 1 of 1)

Reactor Core Safety Limits LCO Applicability 3.0 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.0-1 (developmental)

A 3.0 LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION (LCO) APPLICABILITY LCO 3.0.1 LCOs shall be met during the MODES or other specified conditions in the Applicability, except as provided in LCO 3.0.2.

LCO 3.0.2 Upon discovery of a failure to meet an LCO, the Required Actions of the associated Conditions shall be met, except as provided in LCO 3.0.5 and LCO 3.0.6.

If the LCO is met or is no longer applicable prior to expiration of the specified Completion Time(s), completion of the Required Action(s) is not required unless otherwise stated.

LCO 3.0.3 When an LCO is not met and the associated ACTIONS are not met, an associated ACTION is not provided, or if directed by the associated ACTIONS the unit shall be placed in a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO is not applicable. Action shall be initiated within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months to place the unit, as applicable, in:

a. MODE 3 within 7 hours8.101852e-5 days 0.00194 hours 1.157407e-5 weeks 2.6635e-6 months ; b. MODE 4 within 13 hours1.50463e-4 days 0.00361 hours 2.149471e-5 weeks 4.9465e-6 months ; and c. MODE 5 within 37 hours4.282407e-4 days 0.0103 hours 6.117725e-5 weeks 1.40785e-5 months .

Exceptions to this Specification are stated in the individual Specifications.

Where corrective measures are completed that permit operation in accordance with the LCO or ACTIONS, completion of the actions required by LCO 3.0.3 is not required.

LCO 3.0.3 is only applicable in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

LCO 3.0.4 When an LCO is not met, entry into a MODE or other specified condition in the Applicability shall only be made:

a. When the associated ACTIONS to be entered permit continued operation in the MODE or other specified condition in the Applicability for an unlimited period of time; LCO Applicability 3.03.0 LCO APPLICABILITY (continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.0-2 (developmental)

A LCO 3.0.4 (continued) b. After performance of a risk assessment addressing inoperable systems and components, consideration of the results, determination of the acceptability of entering the MODE or other specified condition in the Applicability, and establishment of risk management actions, if appropriate; exceptions to this Specification are stated in the individual Specifications, or c. When an allowance is stated in the individual value, parameter, or other Specification. This Specification shall not prevent changes in MODES or other specified conditions in the Applicability that are required to comply with ACTIONS or that are part of a shutdown of the unit.

LCO 3.0.5 Equipment removed from service or declared inoperable to comply with ACTIONS may be returned to service under administrative control solely to perform testing required to demonstrate its OPERABILITY or the OPERABILITY of other equipment. This is an exception to LCO 3.0.2 for

the system returned to service under adm inistrative control to perform the testing required to demonstrate OPERABILITY.

LCO 3.0.6 When a supported system LCO is not met solely due to a support system LCO not being met, the Conditions and Required Actions associated with this supported system are not required to be entered. Only the support system LCO ACTIONS are required to be entered. This is an exception to LCO 3.0.2 for the supported system. In this event, additional evaluations and limitations may be required in accordance with Specification 5.7.2.18, "Safety Function Determination Program (SFDP)."

If a loss of safety function is determined to exist by this program, the appropriate Conditions and Required Actions of the LCO in which the loss of safety function exists are required to be entered.

When a support system's Required Action directs a supported system to be declared inoperable or directs entry into Conditions and Required Actions for a supported system, the applicable Conditions and Required Actions shall be entered in accordance with LCO 3.0.2.

LCO Applicability 3.03.0 LCO APPLICABILITY (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.0-3 (developmental)

A LCO 3.0.7 Test Exception LCOs 3.1.9 and 3.1.10 allow specified Technical Specification (TS) requirements to be changed to permit performance of special tests and operations. Unless otherwise specified, all other TS requirements remain unchanged. Compliance with Test Exception LCOs is optional. When a Test Exception LCO is desired to be met but is not met, the ACTIONS of the Test Exception LCO shall be met. When a Test Exception LCO is not desired to be met, entry into a MODE or other specified condition in the Applicability shall be made in accordance with the other applicable Specifications.

SR Applicability 3.0 (continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.0-4 (developmental)

A 3.0 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT (SR) APPLICABILITY SR 3.0.1 SRs shall be met during the MODES or other specified conditions in the Applicability for individual LCOs, unless otherwise stated in the SR.

Failure to meet a Surveillance, whether such failure is experienced during the performance of the Surveillance or between performances of the Surveillance, shall be failure to meet the LCO. Failure to perform a Surveillance within the specified Frequency shall be failure to meet the LCO except as provided in SR 3.0.3. Surveillances do not have to be performed on inoperable equipment or variables outside specified limits.

SR 3.0.2 The specified Frequency for each SR is met if the Surveillance is performed within 1.25 times the interval specified in the Frequency, as measured from the previous performance or as measured from the time a specified condition of the Frequency is met.

For Frequencies specified as "once," the above interval extension does

not apply.

If a Completion Time requires periodic performance on a "once per . . ." basis, the above Frequency extension applies to each performance after the initial performance.

Exceptions to this Specification are stated in the individual Specifications.

SR 3.0.3 If it is discovered that a Surveillance was not performed within its specified Frequency, then compliance with the requirement to declare the LCO not met may be delayed, from the time of discovery, up to 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months or up to the limit of the specified Frequency, whichever is greater. This delay period is permitted to allow performance of the Surveillance. A risk evaluation shall be performed for any Surveillance delayed greater than 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months and the risk impact shall be managed.

If the Surveillance is not performed within the delay period, the LCO must immediately be declared not met, and the applicable Condition(s) must be

entered.

When the Surveillance is performed within the delay period and the Surveillance is not met, the LCO must immediately be declared not met, and the applicable Condition(s) must be entered.

SR Applicability 3.03.0 SR APPLICABILITY (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.0-5 (developmental)

A SR 3.0.4 Entry into a MODE or other specified condition in the Applicability of an LCO shall only be made when the LCO's Surveillances have been met within their specified Frequency, except as provided by SR 3.0.3. When an LCO is not met due to Surveillances not having been met, entry into a MODE or other specified condition in the Applicability shall only be made in accordance with LCO 3.0.4.

This provision shall not prevent entry into MODES or other specified conditions in the Applicability that are required to comply with ACTIONS or that are part of a shutdown of the unit.

SDM - T av g > 200°F 3.1.1

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.1-1 (developmental)

A 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS

3.1.1 SHUTDOWN

MARGIN (SDM) - Tavg > 200°F

LCO 3.1.1 SDM shall be >

1.6% k/k.

APPLICABILITY: MODE 2 with k eff < 1.0, MODES 3 and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. SDM not within limit. A.1 Initiate boration to restore SDM to within limit.

15 minutes

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.1.1.1 Verify SDM is >

1.6% k/k. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months SDM - T av g < 200°F 3.1.2

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.1-2 (developmental)

A 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS

3.1.2 SHUTDOWN

MARGIN (SDM) - Tavg < 200°F

LCO 3.1.2 The SDM shall be 1.0% k/k.

APPLICABILITY:

MODE 5.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. SDM not within limit.

A.1 Initiate boration to restore SDM to within limit.

15 minutes

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.1.2.1 Verify SDM is 1.0% k/k. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months Core Reactivity

3.1.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.1-3 (developmental)

A 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 3.1.3 Core Reactivity

LCO 3.1.3 The measured core reactivity shall be within +/- 1% k/k of predicted values.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1 and 2.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Measured core reactivity not within limit. A.1 Re-evaluate core design and safety analysis, and determine that the reactor core is acceptable for continued operation.

72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months AND A.2 Establish appropriate operating restrictions and SRs. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months Core Reactivity

3.1.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.1-4 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.1.3.1 ------------------------------NOTE------------------------------- The predicted reactivity values may be adjusted (normalized) to correspond to the measured core reactivity prior to exceeding a fuel burnup of 60 effective full power days (EFPD) after each fuel loading. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify measured core reactivity is within +/- 1% k/k of predicted values.

Once prior to entering MODE 1 after initial fuel loading and each refueling AND ----------NOTE--------- Only required after

60 EFPD

31 EFPD thereafter

MTC 3.1.4

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.1-5 (developmental)

A 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS

3.1.4 Moderator

Temperature Coefficient (MTC)

LCO 3.1.4 The MTC shall be maintained within the limits specified in the COLR. The maximum upper limit shall be 0 k/k F at hot zero power.

APPLICABILITY: MODE 1 and MODE 2 with k eff 1.0 for the upper MTC limit, MODES 1, 2, and 3 for the lower MTC limit.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. MTC not within upper limit. A.1 Establish administrative withdrawal limits for control banks to maintain MTC within limit.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met. B.1 Be in MODE 2 with k eff < 1.0. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months C. MTC not within lower limit. C.1 Be in MODE 4. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months MTC 3.1.4

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.1-6 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.1.4.1 Verify MTC is within upper limit Once prior to entering MODE 1 after initial fuel loading and each refueling SR 3.1.4.2 Verify MTC is within 300 ppm Surveillance limit specified in the COLR. ----------NOTE---------

Not required to be performed until 7 effective full power days (EFPD) after reaching the

equivalent of an equilibrium RTP all

rods out (ARO) boron concentration of 300 ppm ---------------------------

Once each cycle SR 3.1.4.3 -------------------------------NOTES---------------------------- 1. If the MTC is more negative than the 300 ppm Surveillance limit (not LCO limit) specified in the COLR, SR 3.1.4.3 shall be repeated once per 14 EFPD during the remainder of the fuel cycle. 2. SR 3.1.4.3 need not be repeated if the MTC measured at the equivalent of equilibrium RTP-ARO boron concentration of < 60 ppm is less negative than the 60 ppm Surveillance limit specified in the COLR. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------NOTE---------

Not required to be performed until 7 EFPD after reaching the equivalent of an equilibrium RTP-ARO boron concentration of 300 ppm --------------------------- Verify MTC is within lower limit. Once each cycle

Rod Group Alignment Limits

3.1.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.1-7 (developmental)

A 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 3.1.5 Rod Group Alignment Limits

LCO 3.1.5 All shutdown and control rods shall be OPERABLE, with all individual indicated rod positions within 12 steps of their group step counter demand position.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1 and 2.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more rod(s) untrippable. A.1.1 Verify SDM is 1.6% k/k. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months OR A.1.2 Initiate boration to restore SDM to within limit.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND A.2 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months B. One rod not within alignment limits. B.1 Restore rod to within alignment limits.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months OR B.2.1.1 Verify SDM is 1.6% k/k. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months OR B.2.1.2 Initiate boration to restore SDM to within limit.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND (continued)

Rod Group Alignment Limits

3.1.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.1-8 (developmental)

A ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. (continued) B.2.2 Reduce THERMAL POWER to <

75% RTP.

2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months AND B.2.3 Verify SDM is 1.6% k/k. Once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months AND B.2.4 Perform SR 3.2.1.1. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months AND B.2.5 Perform SR 3.2.2.1. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months AND B.2.6 Re-evaluate safety analyses and confirm results remain valid for duration of operation under these conditions 5 days C. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition B not met. C.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months D. More than one rod not within alignment limit. D.1.1 Verify SDM is 1.6% k/k. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months OR D.1.2 Initiate boration to restore required SDM to within

limit. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND D.2 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months Rod Group Alignment Limits

3.1.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.1-9 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.1.5.1 Verify individual rod positions within alignment limit. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months AND Once within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months and every 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months thereafter when the rod position

deviation monitor is inoperable SR 3.1.5.2 Verify rod freedom of movement (tripability) by moving each rod not fully inserted in the core 10 steps in either direction.

92 days SR 3.1.5.3 Verify rod drop time of each rod, from the fully withdrawn position, is < 2.7 seconds from the beginning of decay of stationary gripper coil voltage to dashpot entry, with: a. Tavg 551F; and b. All reactor coolant pumps operating.

Prior to reactor criticality after initial fuel loading and

each removal of the reactor head

Shutdown Bank Insertion Limits

3.1.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.1-10 (developmental)

A 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS

3.1.6 Shutdown

Bank Insertion Limits

LCO 3.1.6 Each shutdown bank shall be within insertion limits specified in the COLR.

APPLICABILITY: MODE 1, MODE 2 with any control bank not fully inserted.

NOTE-------------------------------------------- This LCO is not applicable while performing SR 3.1.5.2.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more shutdown banks not within limits. A.1.1 Verify SDM is 1.6% k/k. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months OR A.1.2 Initiate boration to restore SDM to within limit.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND A.2 Restore shutdown banks to within limits.

2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months

Shutdown Bank Insertion Limits

3.1.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.1-11 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.1.6.1 Verify each shutdown bank is within the limits specified in the COLR 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months Control Bank Insertion Limits

3.1.7 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.1-12 (developmental)

A 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS

3.1.7 Control

Bank Insertion Limits

LCO 3.1.7 Control banks shall be within the insertion, sequence, and overlap limits specified in the COLR

APPLICABILITY: MODE 1, MODE 2 with k ef f 1.0. ---------------------------------------------NOTE-------------------------------------------- This LCO is not applicable while performing SR 3.1.5.2. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Control bank insertion limits not met. A.1.1 Verify SDM is 1.6% k/k. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months OR A.1.2 Initiate boration to restore SDM to within limit.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND A.2 Restore control bank(s) to within limits.

2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months (continued)

Control Bank Insertion Limits

3.1.7 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.1-13 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. Control bank sequence or overlap limits not met. B.1.1 Verify SDM is 1.6% k/k. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months OR B.1.2 Initiate boration to restore SDM to within limit.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND B.2 Restore control bank sequence and overlap to within limits.

2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months C. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. C.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.1.7.1 Verify estimated critical control bank position is within the limits specified in the COLR. Within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months prior to achieving criticality (continued)

Control Bank Insertion Limits

3.1.7 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.1-14 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.1.7.2 Verify each control bank insertion is within the limits specified in the COLR.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months AND Once within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months and every 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months thereafter when the rod insertion limit

monitor is inoperable SR 3.1.7.3 Verify sequence and overlap limits specified in the COLR are met for control banks not fully withdrawn from the core.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months Rod Position Indication

3.1.8 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.1-15 (developmental)

F 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 3.1.8 Rod Position Indication

LCO 3.1.8 The Rod Position Indication (RPI) System and the Demand Position Indication System shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1 and 2.

ACTIONS -----------------------------------------------------------NOTE---------------------------------------------------------- Separate Condition entry is allowed for each inoperable rod position indicator per group and each demand position indicator per bank.

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME ----------------NOTE----------------- Rod position monitoring by Required Actions A.2.1 and A.2.2 may only be applied to one inoperable RPI and shall only be allowed: (1) until the end of the current cycle, or (2) until an entry into MODE 5 of sufficient duration, whichever occurs first, when the repair of the inoperable RPI can safely be performed. Required Actions A.2.1, A.2.2 and A.2.3 shall not be allowed after the plant has been in MODE 5 or other plant condition, for a sufficient period of time, in which the repair of the inoperable RPI could have

safely been performed. ----------------------------------------- A.1 Verify the position of the rods with inoperable position indicators by using the PDMS.

Once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months OR A.2.1 Verify the position of the rod with the inoperable position indicator by using the PDMS.

8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months AND Once every 31 days thereafter AND 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months , if rod control system parameters indicate unintended movement A. One RPI per group inoperable for one or more groups. AND (continued)

Rod Position Indication

3.1.8 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.1-16 (developmental)

E ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued) A.2.2 Review the parameters of the rod control system for indications of unintended rod movement for the rod with an inoperable position indicator.

16 hours1.851852e-4 days 0.00444 hours 2.645503e-5 weeks 6.088e-6 months AND Once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months thereafter AND A.2.3 Verify the position of the rod with an inoperable position indicator by using the PDMS. 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months , if the rod with an inoperable position indicator is moved greater than 12 steps.

AND Prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above 50% RTP and within 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months of reaching 100% RTP OR A.3 Reduce THERMAL POWER to less than or equal to 50% RTP.

8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months B. One or more rods with inoperable position indicators have been moved in excess of 24 steps in one direction since the last determination of the rod's position. B.1 Verify the position of the rods with inoperable position indicators by using the PDMS.

4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months OR B.2 Reduce THERMAL POWER to less than or equal to 50% RTP.

8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months (continued)

Rod Position Indication

3.1.8 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.1-17 (developmental)

D ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. One demand position indicator per bank inoperable for one or more banks. C.1.1 Verify by administrative means all RPIs for the affected banks are OPERABLE.

Once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months AND C.1.2 Verify the most withdrawn rod and the least withdrawn rod of the affected banks are less than or equal to 12 steps apart. Once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months OR C.2 Reduce THERMAL POWER to less than or equal to 50% RTP.

8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months D. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met D.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.1.8.1 Verify each RPI agrees within 12 steps of the group demand position for the full indicated range of rod travel. 18 months

PHYSICS TESTS Exceptions - MODE 1

3.1.9 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.1-18 (developmental)

A 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS

3.1.9 PHYSICS

TESTS Exceptions - MODE 1

LCO 3.1.9 During the performance of PHYSICS TESTS, the requirements of

LCO 3.1.5, "Rod Group Alignment Limits"; LCO 3.1.6, "Shutdown Bank Insertion Limits"; LCO 3.1.7, "Control Bank Insertion Limits";

LCO 3.2.3, "AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)"; and LCO 3.2.4, "QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR)"

may be suspended, provided: a. THERMAL POWER is maintained 85% RTP; b. Power Range Neutron Flux - High trip setpoints are 10% RTP above the THERMAL POWER at which the test is performed, with a maximum setting of 90% RTP; and c. SDM is 1.6% k/k.

APPLICABILITY: MODE 1 during PHYSICS TESTS.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. SDM not within limit. A.1 Initiate boration to restore SDM to within limit.

15 minutes AND A.2 Suspend PHYSICS TESTS exceptions.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months (continued)

PHYSICS TESTS Exceptions - MODE 1

3.1.9 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.1-19 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. THERMAL POWER not within limit. B.1 Reduce THERMAL POWER to within limit.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months OR B.2 Suspend PHYSICS TESTS exceptions 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months C. Power Range Neutron Flux - High trip setpoints 10% RTP above the PHYSICS TEST power

level. OR Power Range Neutron Flux - High trip setpoints 90% RTP. C.1 Restore Power Range Neutron Flux - High trip setpoints to 10% above the PHYSICS TEST power level, or to 90% RTP, whichever is lower. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months OR C.2 Suspend PHYSICS TESTS exceptions.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.1.9.1 Verify THERMAL POWER is 85% RTP.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months SR 3.1.9.2 Verify Power Range Neutron Flux - High trip setpoints are 10% above the PHYSICS TESTS power level, and 90% RTP. Within 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months prior to initiation of PHYSICS TESTS SR 3.1.9.3 Perform SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.2.1. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.1.9.4 Verify SDM is 1.6% k/k. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months PHYSICS TESTS Exceptions - MODE 2 3.1.10

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.1-20 (developmental)

A 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 3.1.10 PHYSICS TESTS Exceptions - MODE 2

LCO 3.1.10 During the performance of PHYSICS TESTS, the requirements of LCO 3.1.4, "Moderator Temperature Coefficient (MTC)"; LCO 3.1.5, "Rod Group Alignment Limits"; LCO 3.1.6, "Shutdown Bank Insertion Limits"; LCO 3.1.7, "Control Bank Insertion Limits"; and LCO 3.4.2, "RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality" may be suspended, and the number of required channels for LCO 3.3.1, "RTS Instrumentation," Functions 2, 3, 6, and 16.e, may be reduced to "3" required channels provided:

a. RCS lowest loop average temperature is 541 F; and b. SDM is 1.6% k/k.

APPLICABILITY: MODE 2 during PHYSICS TESTS.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. SDM not within limit. A.1 Initiate boration to restore SDM to within limit.

15 minutes AND A.2 Suspend PHYSICS TESTS exceptions.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months B. THERMAL POWER not within limit. B.1 Open reactor trip breakers.

Immediately (continued)

PHYSICS TESTS Exceptions - MODE 2 3.1.10

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.1-21 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. RCS lowest loop average temperature not within limit. C.1 Restore RCS lowest loop average temperature to within limit.

15 minutes D. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition C not met. D.1 Be in MODE 3. 15 minutes

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.1.10.1 Perform a CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST on power range and intermediate range channels per SR 3.3.1.7, SR 3.3.1.8, and Table 3.3.1-1. Prior to initiation of PHYSICS TESTS SR 3.1.10.2 Verify the RCS lowest loop average temperature is 541F. 30 minutes SR 3.1.10.3 Verify SDM is 1.6% k/k. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months F Q (Z)3.2.1

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.2-1 (developmental)

A 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS 3.2.1 Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (F Q (Z))

LCO 3.2.1 F Q (Z), as approximated by F Q C (Z) and F Q W (Z), shall be within the limits specified in the COLR.

APPLICABILITY: MODE 1.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. F Q C (Z) not within limit. A.1 Reduce THERMAL POWER 1% RTP for each 1% F Q C (Z) exceeds limit. 15 minutes AND A.2 Reduce Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints > 1% for each 1% F Q C (Z) exceeds limit.

8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months AND A.3 Reduce Overpower T trip setpoints 1% for each 1% F Q C (Z) exceeds limit. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months AND A.4 Perform SR 3.2.1.1. Prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the limit of Required Action A.1 (continued)

F Q (Z)3.2.1

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.2-2 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. F Q W (Z) not within limits. B.1 Reduce AFD limits 1% for each 1% F Q W (Z) exceeds limit.

2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months C. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. C.1 Be in MODE 2. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months

F Q (Z)3.2.1

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.2-3 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS

NOTE---------------------------------------------------------- During power escalation at the beginning of each cycle, THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has been achieved, at which a power distribution map is obtained. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.1.1 Verify F Q C (Z) is within limit. Once after initial fuel loading and each refueling prior to

THERMAL POWER

exceeding 75% RTP AND Once within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months after achieving

equilibrium conditions after

exceeding, by 10% RTP, the THERMAL POWER at which F Q C (Z) was last verified AND 31 EFPD thereafter (continued)

F Q (Z)3.2.1

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.2-4 (developmental)

B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.1.2 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------

If F Q W (Z) is within limits and measurements indicate maximum over z has increased since the previous evaluation of F Q C (Z): a. Increase F Q W (Z) by the appropriate factor specified in the COLR and reverify F Q W (Z) is within limits; or b. Repeat SR 3.2.1.2 once per 7 EFPD using the Power Distribution Monitoring System (PDMS) until two successive incore power distribution measurements indicate maximum over z has not increased. ----------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify F Q W (Z) is within limit. Once after initial fuel loading and each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND (continued)

F Q (Z)3.2.1

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.2-5 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.1.2 (continued) Once within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months after achieving

equilibrium conditions after exceeding, by 10% RTP, the THERMAL POWER at which F Q W (Z) was last verified AND 31 EFPD thereafter

3.2.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.2-6 (developmental)

A 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS

3.2.2 Nuclear

Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor ()

LCO 3.2.2 shall be within the limits specified in the COLR.

APPLICABILITY: MODE 1.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. ------------NOTE-----------------

Required Actions A.2 and A.3 must be completed whenever Condition A is entered. ------------------------------------- not within limit.

A.1.1 Restore to within limit. 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months OR A.1.2.1 Reduce THERMAL POWER to < 50% RTP.

4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months AND A.1.2.2 Reduce Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints to 55% RTP.

8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months AND A.2 Perform SR 3.2.2.1 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months AND (continued)

3.2.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.2-7 (developmental)

A ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued) A.3 -------------NOTE------------ THERMAL POWER does not have to be reduced to comply with this Required Action. ----------------------------------

Perform SR 3.2.2.1. Prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 50% RTP AND Prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months after THERMAL POWER reaching 95% RTP B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 2. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.2.1 Verify is within limits specified in the COLR. Once after initial fuel loading and each

refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND 31 EFPD thereafter

AFD 3.2.3

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.2-8 (developmental)

A 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS

3.2.3 AXIAL

FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)

LCO 3.2.3 The AFD in % flux difference units shall be maintained within the limits specified in the COLR.

NOTE-------------------------------------------- The AFD shall be considered outside limits when two or more OPERABLE excore channels indicate AFD to be outside limits. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

APPLICABILITY: MODE 1 with THERMAL POWER >

50% RTP.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. AFD not within limits. A.1 Reduce THERMAL POWER to < 50% RTP.

30 minutes

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.3.1 Verify AFD within limits for each OPERABLE excore channel. 7 days AND Once within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months and every 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months thereafter with the AFD monitor alarm inoperable

QPTR 3.2.4

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.2-9 (developmental)

F 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS

3.2.4 QUADRANT

POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR)

LCO 3.2.4 The QPTR shall be 1.02.

APPLICABILITY: MODE 1 with THERMAL POWER 50% RTP.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. QPTR not within limit. A.1 Reduce THERMAL POWER 3% from RTP for each 1% of QPTR

> 1.00. 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months AND A.2 Perform SR 3.2.4.1 and reduce THERMAL POWER 3% from RTP for each 1% of QPTR 1.00. Once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months thereafter AND A.3 Perform SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.2.1.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months AND Once per 7 days thereafter AND A.4 Reevaluate safety analyses and confirm results remain valid for duration of operation under this condition. Prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the limit of

Required Action A.1 AND (continued)

QPTR 3.2.4

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.2-10 (developmental)

F ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. A.5 ------------NOTE------------- Perform Required Action A.5 only after Required Action A.4 is completed. ----------------------------------

Calibrate excore detectors to show QPTR of 1.0. Prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the limit of Required Action A.1 AND A.6 ------------NOTE------------- Perform Required Action A.6 only after Required Action A.5 is completed. ----------------------------------

Perform SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.2.1. Within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months after reaching RTP OR Within 48 hours5.555556e-4 days 0.0133 hours 7.936508e-5 weeks 1.8264e-5 months after increasing THERMAL POWER above the limit of Required Action A.1 B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Reduce THERMAL POWER to 50% RTP.

4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months QPTR 3.2.4

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.2-11 (developmental)

B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.4.1 -------------------------------NOTES---------------------------- a. With input from one power range neutron flux channel inoperable and THERMAL POWER 75% RTP, the remaining three power range channels can be used for calculating QPTR. b. SR 3.2.4.2 may be performed in lieu of this Surveillance if adequate power range neutron flux channel inputs are not OPERABLE. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify QPTR is within limit by calculation. 7 days AND Once within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months and every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months thereafter with the QPTR alarm inoperable SR 3.2.4.2 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Only required to be performed if input from one or more power range neutron flux channels are inoperable with THERMAL POWER 75% RTP. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify QPTR is within limit using the PDMS. Once within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months AND every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months thereafter

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-1 (developmental)

A 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION

3.3.1 Reactor

Trip System (RTS) Instrumentation

LCO 3.3.1 The RTS instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.1-1 shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: According to Table 3.3.1-1.

ACTIONS

NOTE---------------------------------------------------------- Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more Functions with one or more required channels inoperable. A.1 Enter the Condition referenced in Table 3.3.1-1 for the channel(s).

Immediately B. One Manual Reactor Trip channel inoperable. B.1 Restore channel to OPERABLE status.

48 hours5.555556e-4 days 0.0133 hours 7.936508e-5 weeks 1.8264e-5 months OR B.2.1 Be in MODE 3. 54 hours6.25e-4 days 0.015 hours 8.928571e-5 weeks 2.0547e-5 months AND B.2.2 Open reactor trip breakers (RTBs).

55 hours6.365741e-4 days 0.0153 hours 9.093915e-5 weeks 2.09275e-5 months (continued)

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-2 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. One channel or train inoperable. C.1 Restore channel or train to OPERABLE status.

48 hours5.555556e-4 days 0.0133 hours 7.936508e-5 weeks 1.8264e-5 months OR C.2 Open RTBs. 49 hours5.671296e-4 days 0.0136 hours 8.101852e-5 weeks 1.86445e-5 months D. One Power Range Neutron Flux-High channel inoperable. --------------------NOTE------------------- The inoperable channel may be bypassed for up to 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months for surveillance testing and setpoint adjustment of other channels. -----------------------------------------------

D.1.1 Place channel in trip. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months AND D.1.2 Reduce THERMAL POWER to 75% RTP.

78 hours9.027778e-4 days 0.0217 hours 1.289683e-4 weeks 2.9679e-5 months OR D.2.1 Place channel in trip. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months AND --------------------NOTE------------------- Only required to be performed when the Power Range Neutron Flux input to QPTR is inoperable. -----------------------------------------------

D.2.2 Perform SR 3.2.4.2. Once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months OR D.3 Be in MODE 3. 78 hours9.027778e-4 days 0.0217 hours 1.289683e-4 weeks 2.9679e-5 months (continued)

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-3 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME E. One channel inoperable. --------------------NOTE------------------- The inoperable channel may be bypassed for up to 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months for surveillance testing of other channels. -----------------------------------------------

E.1 Place channel in trip. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months OR E.2 Be in MODE 3. 78 hours9.027778e-4 days 0.0217 hours 1.289683e-4 weeks 2.9679e-5 months F. THERMAL POWER > P-6 and < P-10, one Intermediate Range Neutron Flux channel inoperable. F.1 Reduce THERMAL POWER to < P-6.

2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months OR F.2 Increase THERMAL POWER to > P-10.

2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months G. THERMAL POWER > P-6 and < P-10, two Intermediate Range

Neutron Flux channels inoperable. G.1 Suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions.

Immediately AND G.2 Reduce THERMAL POWER to < P-6.

2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months H. THERMAL POWER < P-6, one or two Intermediate Range Neutron Flux channels inoperable. H.1 Restore channel(s) to OPERABLE status. Prior to increasing THERMAL POWER to > P-6 I. One Source Range Neutron Flux channel inoperable. I.1 Suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions.

Immediately (continued)

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-4 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME J. Two Source Range Neutron Flux channels inoperable. J.1 Open RTBs. Immediately K. One Source Range Neutron Flux channel inoperable. K.1 Restore channel to OPERABLE status.

48 hours5.555556e-4 days 0.0133 hours 7.936508e-5 weeks 1.8264e-5 months OR K.2 Open RTBs. 49 hours5.671296e-4 days 0.0136 hours 8.101852e-5 weeks 1.86445e-5 months L. Required Source Range Neutron Flux channel inoperable. L.1 Suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions.

Immediately AND L.2 Close unborated water source isolation valves.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND L.3 Perform SR 3.1.1.1. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND Once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months thereafter (continued)

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-5 (developmental)

F ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME M. One channel inoperable. --------------------NOTE------------------- The inoperable channel may be bypassed for up to 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months for surveillance testing of other channels. -----------------------------------------------

M.1 Place channel in trip. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months OR M.2 Reduce THERMAL POWER to < P-7.

78 hours9.027778e-4 days 0.0217 hours 1.289683e-4 weeks 2.9679e-5 months N. One Reactor Coolant Flow - Low channel inoperable. --------------------NOTE-------------------

One channel may be bypassed for up to 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months for surveillance testing. -----------------------------------------------

N.1 Place channel in trip. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months OR N.2 Reduce THERMAL POWER to < P-7.

78 hours9.027778e-4 days 0.0217 hours 1.289683e-4 weeks 2.9679e-5 months (continued)

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-6 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME O. One Low Fluid Oil Pressure Turbine Trip channel inoperable. --------------------NOTE------------------- The inoperable channel may be bypassed for up to 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months for surveillance testing of other channels. ------------------------------------------------

O.1 Place channel in trip. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months OR O.2 Reduce THERMAL POWER to < P-9.

76 hours8.796296e-4 days 0.0211 hours 1.256614e-4 weeks 2.8918e-5 months P. One train inoperable. --------------------NOTE------------------- One train may be bypassed for up to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months for surveillance testing provided the other train is OPERABLE. -----------------------------------------------

P.1 Restore train to OPERABLE status.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months OR P.2 Be in MODE 3. 30 hours3.472222e-4 days 0.00833 hours 4.960317e-5 weeks 1.1415e-5 months (continued)

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-7 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME Q. One RTB train inoperable. --------------------NOTE----------------- One train may be bypassed for up to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months for surveillance testing, provided the other train is OPERABLE. -----------------------------------------------

Q.1 Restore train to OPERABLE status.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months OR Q.2 Be in MODE 3. 30 hours3.472222e-4 days 0.00833 hours 4.960317e-5 weeks 1.1415e-5 months R. One channel inoperable. R.1 Verify interlock is in required state for existing unit conditions.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months OR R.2 Be in MODE 3. 7 hours8.101852e-5 days 0.00194 hours 1.157407e-5 weeks 2.6635e-6 months S. One channel inoperable. S.1 Verify interlock is in required state for existing unit conditions.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months OR S.2 Be in MODE 2. 7 hours8.101852e-5 days 0.00194 hours 1.157407e-5 weeks 2.6635e-6 months (continued)

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-8 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME T. One trip mechanism inoperable for one RTB. T.1 Restore inoperable trip mechanism to OPERABLE status.

48 hours5.555556e-4 days 0.0133 hours 7.936508e-5 weeks 1.8264e-5 months OR T.2.1 Be in MODE 3. 54 hours6.25e-4 days 0.015 hours 8.928571e-5 weeks 2.0547e-5 months AND T.2.2 Open RTB. 55 hours6.365741e-4 days 0.0153 hours 9.093915e-5 weeks 2.09275e-5 months U. One Steam Generator Water Level - Low-Low channel inoperable. --------------------NOTE------------------- One channel may be bypassed for up to 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months for surveillance testing. -----------------------------------------------

U.1.1 Place channel in trip. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months AND U.1.2 For the affected protection set, set the Trip Time Delay (T s) to match the Trip Time Delay (T m). 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months OR U.2 Be in MODE 3. 78 hours9.027778e-4 days 0.0217 hours 1.289683e-4 weeks 2.9679e-5 months (continued)

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-9 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME V. One Vessel T channel inoperable. --------------------NOTE-------------------

One channel may be bypassed for up to 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months for surveillance testing. -----------------------------------------------

V.1 Set the Trip Time Delay threshold power level for (T s) and (T m) to 0% power.

72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months OR V.2 Be in MODE 3. 78 hours9.027778e-4 days 0.0217 hours 1.289683e-4 weeks 2.9679e-5 months W. One channel inoperable. --------------------NOTE-------------------

One channel may be bypassed for up to 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months for surveillance testing. -----------------------------------------------

W.1 Place channel in trip. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months OR W.2 Be in MODE 3. 78 hours9.027778e-4 days 0.0217 hours 1.289683e-4 weeks 2.9679e-5 months X. One channel inoperable. --------------------NOTE-------------------

One channel may be bypassed for up to 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months for surveillance testing. -----------------------------------------------

X.1 Place channel in trip. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months OR X.2 Reduce THERMAL POWER to < P-7.

78 hours9.027778e-4 days 0.0217 hours 1.289683e-4 weeks 2.9679e-5 months (continued)

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-10 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME Y. One, two or three Turbine Stop Valve Closure channels inoperable. Y.1 Place channel(s) in trip. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months OR Y.2 Reduce THERMAL POWER to < P-9.

76 hours8.796296e-4 days 0.0211 hours 1.256614e-4 weeks 2.8918e-5 months Z. Two RTS Trains inoperable. Z.1 Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS

NOTE---------------------------------------------------------- Refer to Table 3.3.1-1 to determine which SRs apply for each RTS Function. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.1.1 Perform CHANNEL CHECK. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.3.1.2 -------------------------------NOTES---------------------------- 1. Adjust NIS channel if absolute difference is > 2%. 2. Required to be performed within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months after THERMAL POWER is 15% RTP. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Compare results of calorimetric heat balance calculation to Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) channel output.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months (continued)

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-11 (developmental)

G SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.1.3 -------------------------------NOTES---------------------------- 1. Adjust NIS channel if absolute difference is 3%. 2. Required to be performed within 96 hours0.00111 days 0.0267 hours 1.587302e-4 weeks 3.6528e-5 months after THERMAL POWER is 25% RTP. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Compare results of the PDMS measurements to NIS AFD. 31 effective full power days (EFPD) SR 3.3.1.4 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ This Surveillance must be performed on the reactor trip bypass breaker prior to placing the bypass breaker in service. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform TADOT. 62 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.1.5 Perform ACTUATION LOGIC TEST. 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.1.6 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Required to be performed within 6 days after THERMAL POWER is 50% RTP. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Calibrate excore channels to agree with the PDMS measurements.

92 EFPD (continued)

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-12 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.1.7 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ For Functions 2 and 3 (Power Range Instrumentation), this Surveillance shall include verification that interlock P-10 is in the required state for existing unit conditions. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform COT. 184 days SR 3.3.1.8 -------------------------------NOTES---------------------------- 1. Not required to be performed for Source Range instrumentation prior to entering MODE 3 from MODE 2 until 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months after entry into MODE 3. 2. This Surveillance shall include verification that interlock P-6 is in the required state for existing unit conditions. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------NOTE--------- Only required when not performed within previous 31 days --------------------------- Perform COT. Prior to reactor startup AND Four hours after reducing power below P-10 for intermediate range instrumentation AND Four hours after reducing power below P-6 for source

range instrumentation AND Every 31 days thereafter (continued)

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-13 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.1.9 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Verification of setpoint is not required. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform TADOT. 92 days SR 3.3.1.10 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ This Surveillance shall include verification that the time constants are adjusted to the prescribed values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION. 18 months SR 3.3.1.11 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Neutron detectors are excluded from CHANNEL CALIBRATION. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION. 18 months SR 3.3.1.12 Perform COT. 18 months SR 3.3.1.13 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Verification of setpoint is not required. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform TADOT. 18 months (continued)

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-14 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.1.14 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Verification of setpoint is not required. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform TADOT. Prior to exceeding the P-9 interlock whenever the unit has been in Mode 3, if not performed within the previous

31 days. SR 3.3.1.15 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Neutron detectors are excluded from response time testing. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify RTS RESPONSE TIME is within limits. 18 months on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-15 (developmental)

F Table 3.3.1-1 (page 1 of 9) Reactor Trip System Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITIONS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE NOMINAL TRIP SETPOINT 1. Manual Reactor Trip 1, 2 2 B SR 3.3.1.13 NA NA

3 (a), 4 (a), 5 (a) 2 C SR 3.3.1.13 NA NA

2. Power Range Neutron Flux a. High 1, 2 4 D SR 3.3.1.1 111.4% RTP 109% RTP SR 3.3.1.2 SR 3.3.1.7 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.11 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.15

b. Low 1 (d), 2 4 E SR 3.3.1.1 27.4% RTP 25% RTP SR 3.3.1.7 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.11 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.15

3. Power Range Neutron Flux Rate

a. High Positive Rate 1, 2 4 E SR 3.3.1.7 (b)(c) 6.3% RTP with time constant 2 sec 5% RTP with time constant 2 sec SR 3.3.1.11 (b)(c) b. High Negative Rate - DELETED

4. Intermediate Range Neutron Flux 1 (d), 2 (e) 2 F, G SR 3.3.1.1 40% RTP 25% RTP SR 3.3.1.8 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.11 (b)(c) 2 (f) 2 H SR 3.3.1.1 40% RTP 25% RTP SR 3.3.1.8 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.11 (b)(c) (continued)

(a) With Reactor Trip Breakers (RTBs) closed and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal. (b) If the as found channel setpoint is outside its predefined as found tolerance, then the channel shall be evaluated to verify that it is functioning as required before returning the channel to service. (c) The instrument channel setpoint shall be reset to a value that is within the as left tolerance around the Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) at the completion of the surveillance; otherwise, the channel shall be declared inoperable. The methodologies used to determine the as found and as left tolerances for the NTSP are specified in FSAR Section 7.1.2. (d) Below the P-10 (Power Range Neutron Flux) interlocks. (e) Above the P-6 (Intermediate Range Neutron Flux) interlocks. (f) Below the P-6 (Intermediate Range Neutron Flux) interlocks.

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-16 (developmental)

G Table 3.3.1-1 (page 2 of 9) Reactor Trip System Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITIONS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE NOMINAL TRIP SETPOINT 5. Source Range Neutron Flux 2 (f) 2 I, J SR 3.3.1.1 1.33 E5 cps 1.0 E5 cps SR 3.3.1.8 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.11 (b)(c) 3 (a), 4 (a), 5 (a) 2 J, K SR 3.3.1.1 1.33 E5 cps 1.0 E5 cps SR 3.3.1.8 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.11 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.15 3 (g), 4 (g), 5 (g) 1 L SR 3.3.1.1 N/A N/A SR 3.3.1.11 (b)(c) 6. Overtemperature T 1, 2 4 W SR 3.3.1.1 Refer to Note 1 (Page 3.3-21)

Refer to Note 1 (Page 3.3-21) SR 3.3.1.3 SR 3.3.1.6

SR 3.3.1.7 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.10 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.15

7. Overpower T 1, 2 4 W SR 3.3.1.1 Refer to Note 2 (Page 3.3-22)

Refer to Note 2 (Page 3.3-22)

SR 3.3.1.7 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.10 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.15

8. Pressurizer Pressure

a. Low 1 (h) 4 X SR 3.3.1.1 1964.8 psig 1970 psig SR 3.3.1.7 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.10 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.15

b. High 1, 2 4 W SR 3.3.1.1 2390.2 psig 2385 psig SR 3.3.1.7 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.10 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.15 (continued)

(a) With Reactor Trip Breakers (RTBs) closed and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal. (b) If the as found channel setpoint is outside its predefined as found tolerance, then the channel shall be evaluated to verify that it is functioning as required before returning the channel to service. (c) The instrument channel setpoint shall be reset to a value that is within the as left tolerance around the Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) at the completion of the surveillance; otherwise, the channel shall be declared inoperable. The methodologies used to determine the as found and as left tolerances for the NTSP are specified in FSAR Section 7.1.2. (f) Below the P-6 (Intermediate Range Neutron Flux) interlocks. (g) With the RTBs open. In this condition, source range Function does not provide reactor trip but does provide indication. (h) Above the P-7 (Low Power Reactor Trips Block) interlock.

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-17 (developmental)

G Table 3.3.1-1 (page 3 of 9) Reactor Trip System Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITIONS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE NOMINAL TRIP SETPOINT 9. Pressurizer Water Level-High 1 (h) 3 X SR 3.3.1.1 92.7% span 92% span SR 3.3.1.7 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.10 (b)(c) 10. Reactor Coolant Flow - Low 1 (h) 3 per loop N SR 3.3.1.1 89.7% flow 90% flow SR 3.3.1.7 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.10 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.15

11. Undervoltage RCPs 1 (h) 1 per bus M SR 3.3.1.9 5112 V 5400 V SR 3.3.1.10 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.15

12. Underfrequency RCPs 1 (h) 1 per bus M SR 3.3.1.9 56.9 Hz 57.5 Hz SR 3.3.1.10 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.15 (continued)

(b) If the as found channel setpoint is outside its predefined as found tolerance, then the channel shall be evaluated to verify that it is functioning as required before returning the channel to service. (c) The instrument channel setpoint shall be reset to a value that is within the as left tolerance around the Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) at the completion of the surveillance; otherwise, the channel shall be declared inoperable. The methodologies used to determine the as found and as left tolerances for the NTSP are specified in FSAR Section 7.1.2. (h) Above the P-7 (Low Power Reactor Trips Block) interlock.

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-18 (developmental)

G Table 3.3.1-1 (page 4 of 9) Reactor Trip System Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITIONS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE NOMINAL TRIP SETPOINT 13. SG Water Level - Low-Low 1, 2 3/SG U SR 3.3.1.1 16.4% of narrow range span 17% of narrow range span SR 3.3.1.7 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.10 (b)(c) SR 3.3.1.15 Coincident with: a) Vessel T Equivalent to power 50% RTP 1, 2 3 V SR 3.3.1.7 (b)(c) Vessel T variable input 52.6% RTP Vessel T variable input 50% RTP SR 3.3.1.10 (b)(c) With a time delay (T s) if one steam generator

is affected 1.01 T s (Refer to Note 3, Page 3.3-23)

T s (Refer to Note 3, Page 3.3-23) or A time delay (T m) if two or more

steam generators are affected 1.01 T m (Refer to Note 3, Page 3.3-23)

T m (Refer to Note 3, Page 3.3-23) b) Vessel T Equivalent to power 50% RTP with no time delay (T s and T m = 0) 1, 2 3 V SR 3.3.1.7(b)(c) SR 3.3.1.10 (b)(c) Vessel T variable input 52.6% RTP Vessel T variable input 50% RTP 14. Turbine Trip

a. Low Fluid Oil Pressure 1 (i) 3 O 38.3 psig 45 psig SR 3.3.1.14

b. Turbine Stop Valve Closure 1 (i) 4 Y SR 3.3.1.10 1% open 1% open SR 3.3.1.14 (continued)

(b) If the as found channel setpoint is outside its predefined as found tolerance, then the channel shall be evaluated to verify that it is functioning as required before returning the channel to service. (c) The instrument channel setpoint shall be reset to a value that is within the as left tolerance around the Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) at the completion of the surveillance; otherwise, the channel shall be declared inoperable. The methodologies used to determine the as found and as left tolerances for the NTSP are specified in FSAR Section 7.1.2. (i) Above the P-9 (Power Range Neutron Flux) interlock.

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-19 (developmental)

F Table 3.3.1-1 (page 5 of 9) Reactor Trip System Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITIONS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE NOMINAL TRIP SETPOINT 15. Safety Injection (SI) Input from Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS) 1, 2 2 trains P SR 3.3.1.13 NA NA

16. Reactor Trip System Interlocks

a. Intermediate Range Neutron Flux, P-6 (1) Enable Manual Block of SR Trip 2 (f) 2 R SR 3.3.1.11 NA 1.66E-04% RTP SR 3.3.1.12 (2) Auto Reset (Unblock Manual Block of SR Trip) 2 (f) 2 R SR 3.3.1.11 7.65E-5% RTP 0.47E-4% RTP below setpoint SR 3.3.1.12

b. Low Power Reactor Trips

Block, P-7 1 1 per train S SR 3.3.1.11 NA NA SR 3.3.1.12

c. Power Range Neutron Flux, P-8 1 4 S SR 3.3.1.11 50.4% RTP 48% RTP SR 3.3.1.12

d. Power Range Neutron Flux, P-9 1 4 S SR 3.3.1.11 52.4% RTP 50% RTP SR 3.3.1.12

e. Power Range Neutron Flux, P-10 1, 2 4 R SR 3.3.1.11 7.6% RTP and 12.4% RTP 10% RTP SR 3.3.1.12

f. Turbine Impulse Pressure, P-13 1 2 S SR 3.3.1.10 12.4% full-power pressure 10% full-power pressure SR 3.3.1.12 (continued)

(f) Below the P-6 (Intermediate Range Neutron Flux) interlocks.

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-20 (developmental)

A Table 3.3.1-1 (page 6 of 9) Reactor Trip System Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITIONS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOW-ABLE VALUE NOMINAL TRIP SETPOINT 17. Reactor Trip Breakers (j) 1, 2 2 trains Q SR 3.3.1.4 NA NA 3 (a), 4 (a) , 5 (a) 2 trains C SR 3.3.1.4 NA NA

18. Reactor Trip Breaker Undervoltage and Shunt Trip

Mechanisms 1, 2 1 each per RTB T SR 3.3.1.4 NA NA 3 (a), 4 (a) , 5 (a) 1 each per RTB C SR 3.3.1.4 NA NA

19. Automatic Trip Logic 1, 2 2 trains P SR 3.3.1.5 NA NA 3 (a), 4 (a) , 5 (a) 2 trains C SR 3.3.1.5 NA NA (a) With Reactor Trip Breakers (RTBs) closed and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal. (j) Including any reactor trip bypass breakers that are racked in and closed for bypassing an RTB.

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-21 (developmental)

A Table 3.3.1-1 (page 7 of 9) Reactor Trip System Instrumentation Note 1: Overtemperature T The Overtemperature T Function Allowable Value shall not exceed the following Trip Setpoint by more than 1.2% of T span. Where: T is measured RCS T, °F. T 0 is the indicated T at RTP, °F. s is the Laplace transform operator, sec

-1. T is the measured RCS average temperature, °F.

T is the indicated Tavg at RTP, 588.2°F.

P is the measured pressurizer pressure, psig P is the nominal RCS operating pressure, 2235 psig K 1 1.16 K 2 0.0183/°F K 3 = 0.000900/psig 1 33 sec 2 4 sec 4 3 sec 5 3 sec f 1 () = -2.62{22 + (q t - q b)} when q t - q b < - 22% RTP 0 when -22% RTP q t - q b 10% RTP 1.96{(q t - q b) - 10} when q t - q b > 10% RTP Where q t and q b are percent RTP in the upper and lower halves of the core, respectively, and q t + q b is the total THERMAL POWER in percent RTP.

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-22 (developmental)

A able 3.3.1-1 (page 8 of 9) Reactor Trip System Instrumentation Note 2: Overpower T The Overpower T Function Allowable Value shall not exceed the following Trip Setpoint by more than 1.0% of T span. Where: T is measured RCS T, °F. T 0 is the indicated T at RTP, °F. s is the Laplace transform operator, sec

-1. T is the measured RCS average temperature, °F.

Tis the indicated T av g at RTP, 588.2°F.

K 4 1.10 K 5 0.02/°F for increasing T avg K 6 0.00162/°F when T > T 0/°F for decreasing Tavg 0/°F when T T 3 5 sec 4 3 sec 5 3 sec f 2 () = 0 for all .

RTS Instrumentation

3.3.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-23 (developmental)

A Table 3.3.1-1 (page 9 of 9) Reactor Trip System Instrumentation NOTE 3: Steam Generator Water Level Low-Low Trip Time Delay:

Where: P = Vessel T Equivalent to power (% RTP), P 50% RTP T s = Time Delay for Steam Generator Water Level - Low Low Reactor Trip, one Steam Generator affected.

T m = Time Delay for Steam Generator Water Level - Low Low Reactor Trip, two or more Steam Generators affected.

A = -0.0085041 B = 0.9266400 C = -33.85998 D = 474.6060 E = -0.0047421 F = 0.5682600 G = -23.70753 H = 357.9840

ESFAS Instrumentation

3.3.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-24 (developmental)

A 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION

3.3.2 Engineered

Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS) Instrumentation

LCO 3.3.2 The ESFAS instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.2-1 shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: According to Table 3.3.2-1.

ACTIONS

NOTE---------------------------------------------------------- Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more Functions with one or more required channels or trains inoperable. A.1 Enter the Condition referenced in Table 3.3.2-1 for the channel(s) or train(s).

Immediately B. One channel or train inoperable. B.1 Restore channel or train to OPERABLE status.

48 hours5.555556e-4 days 0.0133 hours 7.936508e-5 weeks 1.8264e-5 months OR B.2.1 Be in MODE 3. 54 hours6.25e-4 days 0.015 hours 8.928571e-5 weeks 2.0547e-5 months AND B.2.2 Be in Mode 5. 84 hours9.722222e-4 days 0.0233 hours 1.388889e-4 weeks 3.1962e-5 months (continued)

ESFAS Instrumentation

3.3.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-25 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. One train inoperable. C.1 -------------NOTE------------

One train may be bypassed for up to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months for surveillance testing provided the other train is OPERABLE. ----------------------------------

Restore train to OPERABLE status.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months OR C.2.1 Be in Mode 3. 30 hours3.472222e-4 days 0.00833 hours 4.960317e-5 weeks 1.1415e-5 months AND C.2.2 Be in Mode 5. 60 hours6.944444e-4 days 0.0167 hours 9.920635e-5 weeks 2.283e-5 months D. One channel inoperable. D.1 -------------NOTE------------

One channel may be bypassed for up to 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months for surveillance testing. ----------------------------------

Place channel in trip. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months OR D.2.1 Be in Mode 3. 78 hours9.027778e-4 days 0.0217 hours 1.289683e-4 weeks 2.9679e-5 months AND D.2.2 Be in Mode 4. 84 hours9.722222e-4 days 0.0233 hours 1.388889e-4 weeks 3.1962e-5 months (continued)

ESFAS Instrumentation

3.3.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-26 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME E. One Containment Pressure channel inoperable. E.1 -------------NOTE------------

One channel may be bypassed for up to 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months for surveillance testing. ----------------------------------

Place channel in bypass. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months OR E.2.1 Be in Mode 3. 78 hours9.027778e-4 days 0.0217 hours 1.289683e-4 weeks 2.9679e-5 months AND E.2.2 Be in Mode 4. 84 hours9.722222e-4 days 0.0233 hours 1.388889e-4 weeks 3.1962e-5 months F. One channel or train inoperable. F.1 Restore channel or train to OPERABLE status.

48 hours5.555556e-4 days 0.0133 hours 7.936508e-5 weeks 1.8264e-5 months OR F.2.1 Be in MODE 3. 54 hours6.25e-4 days 0.015 hours 8.928571e-5 weeks 2.0547e-5 months AND F.2.2 Be in Mode 4. 60 hours6.944444e-4 days 0.0167 hours 9.920635e-5 weeks 2.283e-5 months (continued)

ESFAS Instrumentation

3.3.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-27 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME G. One train inoperable. G.1 -------------NOTE------------

One train may be bypassed for up to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months for surveillance testing provided the other train is OPERABLE. ----------------------------------

Restore train to OPERABLE status.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months OR G.2.1 Be in Mode 3. 30 hours3.472222e-4 days 0.00833 hours 4.960317e-5 weeks 1.1415e-5 months AND G.2.2 Be in Mode 4. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months H. One train inoperable. H.1 -------------NOTE------------

One train may be bypassed for up to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months for surveillance testing provided the other train is OPERABLE. ----------------------------------

Restore train to OPERABLE status.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months OR H.2.1 Be in Mode 3. 30 hours3.472222e-4 days 0.00833 hours 4.960317e-5 weeks 1.1415e-5 months AND H.2.2 Be in Mode 4. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months (continued)

ESFAS Instrumentation

3.3.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-28 (developmental)

B ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME I. One Steam Generator Water Level - High High channel inoperable. I.1 -------------NOTE------------

One channel may be bypassed for up to 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months for surveillance testing. ----------------------------------

Place channel in trip. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months OR I.2.1 Be in Mode 3. 78 hours9.027778e-4 days 0.0217 hours 1.289683e-4 weeks 2.9679e-5 months AND I.2.2 Be in Mode 4. 84 hours9.722222e-4 days 0.0233 hours 1.388889e-4 weeks 3.1962e-5 months J. One or more Turbine Driven Main Feedwater Pump trip channel(s) inoperable. J.1 Restore channel to OPERABLE status.

48 hours5.555556e-4 days 0.0133 hours 7.936508e-5 weeks 1.8264e-5 months OR J.2 Be in Mode 3. 54 hours6.25e-4 days 0.015 hours 8.928571e-5 weeks 2.0547e-5 months K. One channel inoperable. K.1 -------------NOTE------------

One channel may be bypassed for up to 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months for surveillance testing. ----------------------------------

Place channel in bypass. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months OR K.2.1 Be in Mode 3. 78 hours9.027778e-4 days 0.0217 hours 1.289683e-4 weeks 2.9679e-5 months AND K.2.2 Be in Mode 5. 108 hours0.00125 days 0.03 hours 1.785714e-4 weeks 4.1094e-5 months (continued)

ESFAS Instrumentation

3.3.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-29 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME L. One P-11 interlock channel inoperable. L.1 Verify interlock is in required state for existing unit condition.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months OR L.2.1 Be in Mode 3. 7 hours8.101852e-5 days 0.00194 hours 1.157407e-5 weeks 2.6635e-6 months AND L.2.2 Be in Mode 4. 13 hours1.50463e-4 days 0.00361 hours 2.149471e-5 weeks 4.9465e-6 months M. One Steam Generator Water Level - Low-Low channel inoperable. --------------------NOTE-------------------

One channel may be bypassed for up to 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months for surveillance testing. -----------------------------------------------

M.1.1 Place channel in trip. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months AND M.1.2 For the affected protection set, set the Trip Time Delay (T s) to match the Trip Time

Delay (T m). 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months OR M.2.1 Be in Mode 3. 78 hours9.027778e-4 days 0.0217 hours 1.289683e-4 weeks 2.9679e-5 months AND M.2.2 Be in Mode 4. 84 hours9.722222e-4 days 0.0233 hours 1.388889e-4 weeks 3.1962e-5 months (continued)

ESFAS Instrumentation

3.3.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-30 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME N. One Vessel T channel inoperable. --------------------NOTE-------------------

One channel may be bypassed for up to 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months for surveillance testing. -----------------------------------------------

N.1 Set the Trip Time Delay threshold power level for (T s) and (T m) to 0% power. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months OR N.2 Be in MODE 3. 78 hours9.027778e-4 days 0.0217 hours 1.289683e-4 weeks 2.9679e-5 months O. One MSVV Room Water Level High channel inoperable. --------------------NOTE------------------- The inoperable channel may be bypassed for up to 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months for surveillance testing of other channels. ------------------------------------------------

O.1 Place channel in trip. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months OR O.2 Be in MODE 3. 78 hours9.027778e-4 days 0.0217 hours 1.289683e-4 weeks 2.9679e-5 months

ESFAS Instrumentation

3.3.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-31 (developmental)

B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS

NOTE---------------------------------------------------------- Refer to Table 3.3.2-1 to determine which SRs apply for each ESFAS Function. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.2.1 Perform CHANNEL CHECK. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.3.2.2 Perform ACTUATION LOGIC TEST. 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.2.3 Perform MASTER RELAY TEST. 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.2.4 Perform COT. 184 days SR 3.3.2.5 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Slave relays tested by SR 3.3.2.7 are excluded from this surveillance. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform SLAVE RELAY TEST. 92 days OR 18 months for Westinghouse type AR and Potter &

Brumfield MDR

Series relays (continued)

ESFAS Instrumentation

3.3.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-32 (developmental)

F SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.2.6 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Verification of relay setpoints not required. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform TADOT. 92 days SR 3.3.2.7 Perform SLAVE RELAY TEST on slave relays K603A, K603B, K604A, K604B, K607A, K607B, K609A, K609B, K612A, K625A, and K625B, 18 months SR 3.3.2.8 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Verification of setpoint not required for manual initiation. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform TADOT. 18 months SR 3.3.2.9 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ This Surveillance shall include verification that the time constants are adjusted to the prescribed values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION. 18 months SR 3.3.2.10 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------

Not required to be performed for the turbine driven AFW pump until 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months after > 1092 psig in the steam generator. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify ESFAS RESPONSE TIMES are within limit.

18 months on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.2.11 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Verification of setpoint not required. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform TADOT.

Once per reactor trip breaker cycle ESFAS Instrumentation

3.3.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-33 (developmental)

F Table 3.3.2-1 (page 1 of 8) Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITIONS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE NOMINAL TRIP SETPOINT 1. Safety Injection

a. Manual Initiation 1, 2, 3, 4 2 B SR 3.3.2.8 NA NA b. Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays 1, 2, 3, 4 2 trains C SR 3.3.2.2 NA NA SR 3.3.2.3 SR 3.3.2.5 SR 3.3.2.7

c. Containment Pressure - High 1, 2, 3 3 D SR 3.3.2.1 1.6 psig 1.5 psig SR 3.3.2.4 (b) (c)SR 3.3.2.9 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.10

d. Pressurizer Pressure - Low 1, 2, 3 (a) 3 D SR 3.3.2.1

> 1864.8 psig 1870 psig SR 3.3.2.4 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.9 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.10

e. Steam Line Pressure - Low 1, 2, 3 (a) 3 per steam line D SR 3.3.2.1

> 666.6 (d) psig 675 (d) psig SR 3.3.2.4 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.9 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.10

2. Containment Spray

a. Manual Initiation 1, 2, 3, 4 2 per train, 2 trains B SR 3.3.2.8 NA NA b. Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays 1, 2, 3, 4 2 trains C SR 3.3.2.2 NA NA SR 3.3.2.3 SR 3.3.2.5

c. Containment Pressure -

High High 1, 2, 3 4 E SR 3.3.2.1

< 2.9 psig 2.8 psig SR 3.3.2.4 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.9 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.10 (a) Above the P-11 (Pressurizer Pressure) Interlock. (b) If the as found channel setpoint is outside its redefined as found tolerance, then the channel shall be evaluated to verify that it is functioning as required before returning the channel to service. (c) The instrument channel setpoint shall be reset to a value that is within the as left tolerance around the Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) at the completion of the surveillance; otherwise, the channel shall be declared inoperable. The methodologies used to determine t he as found and as left tolerances for the NTSP are specified in FSAR Section 7.1.2. (d) Time constants used in the lead/lag controller are t1 > 50 seconds and t2 < 5 seconds. (continued)

ESFAS Instrumentation

3.3.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-34 (developmental)

F Table 3.3.2-1 (page 2 of 8) Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITIONS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE NOMINAL TRIP SETPOINT 3. Containment Isolation

a. Phase A Isolation

1) Manual Initiation 1, 2, 3, 4 2 B SR 3.3.2.8 NA NA 2) Automatic Actuation

Logic and Actuation Relays 1, 2, 3, 4 2 trains C SR 3.3.2.2 NA NA SR 3.3.2.3 SR 3.3.2.5 SR 3.3.2.7

3) Safety Injection Refer to Function 1 (Safety Injection) for all initiation functions and requirements.

b. Phase B Isolation

1) Manual Initiation 1, 2, 3, 4 2 per train, 2 trains B SR 3.3.2.8 NA NA 2) Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays 1, 2, 3, 4 2 trains C SR 3.3.2.2 NA NA SR 3.3.2.3 SR 3.3.2.5 SR 3.3.2.7

3) Containment Pressure -

High High 1, 2, 3 4 E SR 3.3.2.1

< 2.9 psig 2.8 psig SR 3.3.2.4 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.9 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.10 (continued)

(b) If the as found channel setpoint is outside its redefined as found tolerance, then the channel shall be evaluated to verify that it is functioning as required before returning the channel to service. (c) The instrument channel setpoint shall be reset to a value that is within the as left tolerance around the Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) at the completion of the surveillance; otherwise, the channel shall be declared inoperable. The methodologies used to determine t he as found and as left tolerances for the NTSP are specified in FSAR Section 7.1.2.

ESFAS Instrumentation

3.3.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-35 (developmental)

F Table 3.3.2-1 (page 3 of 8) Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITIONS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE NOMINAL TRIP SETPOINT 4. Steam Line Isolation

a. Manual Initiation 1, 2 (e), 3 (e) 1/valve F SR 3.3.2.8 NA NA b. Automatic Actuation Logic

and Actuation Relays 1, 2 (e), 3 (e) 2 trains G SR 3.3.2.2 NA NA SR 3.3.2.3 SR 3.3.2.5

c. Containment Pressure -

High High 1, 2 (e), 3 (e) 4 E SR 3.3.2.1

< 2.9 psig 2.8 psig SR 3.3.2.4 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.9 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.10

d. Steam Line Pressure 1) Low 1, 2 (e), 3 (a)(e) 3 per steam line D SR 3.3.2.1

> 666.6 (d) psig 675 (d)psig SR 3.3.2.4 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.9 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.10

2) Negative Rate - High 3 (e)(f) 3 per steam line D SR 3.3.2.1

< 108.5 (g) psi 100 (g)psi SR 3.3.2.4 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.9 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.10 (continued)

(b) If the as found channel setpoint is outside its redefined as found tolerance, then the channel shall be evaluated to verify that it is functioning as required before returning the channel to service. (c) The instrument channel setpoint shall be reset to a value that is within the as left tolerance around the Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) at the completion of the surveillance; otherwise, the channel shall be declared inoperable. The methodologies used to determine t he as found and as left tolerances for the NTSP are specified in FSAR Section 7.1.2. (d) Time constants used in the lead/lag controller are t 1 > 50 seconds and t 2 < 5 seconds. (e) Except when all MSIVs are closed and de-activated. (f) Function automatically blocked above P-11 (Pressurizer Interlock) setpoint and is enabled below P-11 when safety injection on Steam Line Pressure Low is manually blocked. (g) Time constants utilized in the rate/lag controller are t 3 and t 4 > 50 seconds.

ESFAS Instrumentation

3.3.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-36 (developmental)

F Table 3.3.2-1 (page 4 of 8) Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITIONS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE NOMINAL TRIP SETPOINT 5. Turbine Trip and Feedwater Isolation

a. Automatic Actuation Logic

and Actuation Relays 1, 2 (h), 3 (h) 2 trains H SR 3.3.2.2 NA NA SR 3.3.2.3 SR 3.3.2.5

b. SG Water Level - High High (P-14) 1, 2 (h), 3 (h) 3 per SG I SR 3.3.2.1

< 83.1% 82.4%

SR 3.3.2.4 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.9 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.10

c. Safety Injection Refer to Function 1 (Safety Injection) for all initiation functions and requirements.

d. North MSV Vault Room Water Level - High 1, 2 (h)(i) 3 per vault room O SR 3.3.2.6

< 5.31 inches 4 inches SR 3.3.2.9

e. South MSV Vault Room Water

Level - High 1, 2 (h)(i) 3 per vault room O SR 3.3.2.6

< 4.56 inches 4 inches SR 3.3.2.9 (continued)

(b) If the as found channel setpoint is outside its redefined as found tolerance, then the channel shall be evaluated to verify that it is functioning as required before returning the channel to service. (c) The instrument channel setpoint shall be reset to a value that is within the as left tolerance around the Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) at the completion of the surveillance; otherwise, the channel shall be declared inoperable. The methodologies used to determine t he as found and as left tolerances for the NTSP are specified in FSAR Section 7.1.2. (h) Except when all MFIVs, MFRVs, and associated bypass valves are closed and de-activated or isolated by a closed manual valve. (i) Mode 2 if Turbine Driven Main Feed Pumps are operating.

ESFAS Instrumentation

3.3.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-37 (developmental)

F Table 3.3.2-1 (page 5 of 8) Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITIONS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE NOMINAL TRIP SETPOINT 6. Auxiliary Feedwater

a. Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays 1, 2, 3 2 trains G SR 3.3.2.2 NA NA SR 3.3.2.3 SR 3.3.2.5

b. SG Water Level - Low Low 1, 2, 3 3 per SG M SR 3.3.2.1

> 16.4% 17.0%

SR 3.3.2.4 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.9 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.10 Coincident with:

1) Vessel T Equivalent to power 50% RTP 1, 2 3 N SR 3.3.2.4 (b) (c) Vessel T variable input 52.6% RTP Vessel T variable input 50% RTP SR 3.3.2.9 (b) (c) With a time delay (T s) if one SG is affected 1.01 T s (Note 1, Page 3.3-40)

T s (Note 1, Page 3.3-40) or A time delay (T m) if two or more SGs are affected 1.01 T m (Note 1, Page 3.3-40)

T m (Note 1, Page 3.3-40) 2) Vessel T equivalent to power 50% RTP with no time delay (T s and T m = 0) 1, 2 3 N SR 3.3.2.4 (b) (c) Vessel T variable input 52.6% RTP Vessel T variable input 50% RTP SR 3.3.2.9 (b) (c) c. Safety Injection Refer to Function 1 (Safety Injection) for all initiation functions and requirements. (continued)

(b) If the as found channel setpoint is outside its redefined as found tolerance, then the channel shall be evaluated to verify that it is functioning as required before returning the channel to service. (c) The instrument channel setpoint shall be reset to a value that is within the as left tolerance around the Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) at the completion of the surveillance; otherwise, the channel shall be declared inoperable. The methodologies used to determine t he as found and as left tolerances for the NTSP are specified in FSAR Section 7.1.2.

ESFAS Instrumentation

3.3.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-38 (developmental)

G Table 3.3.2-1 (page 6 of 8) Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITIONS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE NOMINAL TRIP SETPOINT 6. Auxiliary Feedwater (continued)

d. Loss of Offsite Power 1, 2, 3 4 per bus F Refer to Function 4 of Table 3.3.5-1 for SRs and Allowable Values. Notes (b) and (c) are applicable to SR 3.3.5.2 for this function.

e. Trip of all Turbine Driven Main Feedwater

Pumps 1 (j), 2 (k) 1 per pump J SR 3.3.2.8(b)(c) > 43.3 psig 50 psig SR 3.3.2.9 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.10

f. Auxiliary Feedwater

Pumps Train A and B Suction Transfer on Suction Pressure - Low 1, 2, 3 3 F SR 3.3.2.6 A) > 0.5 psig A)1.2 psig SR 3.3.2.9 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.10 B) > 1.33 psig B) 2.0 psig 7. Automatic Switchover to Containment Sump

a. Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays 1, 2, 3, 4 2 trains C SR 3.3.2.2 NA NA SR 3.3.2.3 SR 3.3.2.5 b. Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST) Level - Low 1, 2, 3, 4 4 K SR 3.3.2.1

> 155.6 inches from Tank Base 158 inches from Tank Base SR 3.3.2.4 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.9 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.10 Coincident with Safety Injection Refer to Function 1 (Safety Injection) for all initiation functions and requirements.

and Coincident with Containment Sump Level - High 1, 2, 3, 4 4 K SR 3.3.2.1

> 37.2 inches above el. 702.8 ft 38.2 inches above el. 702.8 ft SR 3.3.2.4 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.9 (b) (c) SR 3.3.2.10 (continued)

(b) If the as found channel setpoint is outside its redefined as found tolerance, then the channel shall be evaluated to verify that it is functioning as required before returning the channel to service. (c) The instrument channel setpoint shall be reset to a value that is within the as left tolerance around the Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) at the completion of the surveillance; otherwise, the channel shall be declared inoperable. The methodologies used to determine t he as found and as left tolerances for the NTSP are specified in FSAR Section 7.1.2. (j) Entry into Condition J may be suspended for up to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months when placing the second Turbine Driven Main Feedwater (TDMFW) Pum p in service or removing one of two TDMFW pumps from service. (k) When one or more Turbine Driven Feedwater Pump(s) are supplying feedwater to steam generators.

ESFAS Instrumentation

3.3.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-39 (developmental)

F Table 3.3.2-1 (page 7 of 8) Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITIONS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE NOMINAL TRIP SETPOINT 8. ESFAS Interlocks

a. Reactor Trip, P-4 1, 2, 3 1 per train, 2 trains F SR 3.3.2.11 NA NA b. Pressurizer Pressure, P-11 (1) Unblock (Auto Reset

of SI Block) 1, 2, 3 3 L SR 3.3.2.1

< 1975.2 psig 1970 psig SR 3.3.2.4 SR 3.3.2.9 (2) Enable Manual Block of SI 1, 2, 3 3 L SR 3.3.2.1

> 1956.8 psig 1962 psig SR 3.3.2.4 SR 3.3.2.9

ESFAS Instrumentation

3.3.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-40 (developmental)

F Table 3.3.2-1 (page 8 of 8) Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System Instrumentation NOTE 1: Steam Generator Water Level Low-Low Trip Time Delay:

Where: P = Vessel T Equivalent to power (% RTP), P 50% RTP T s = Time Delay for Steam Generator Water Level - Low Low Reactor Trip, one Steam Generator affected.

T m = Time Delay for Steam Generator Water Level - Low Low Reactor Trip, two or more Steam Generators affected.

A = -0.0085041 B = 0.9266400 C = -33.85998 D = 474.6060 E = -0.0047421 F = 0.5682600 G = -23.70753 H = 357.9840

PAM Instrumentation

3.3.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-41 (developmental)

B 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.3 Post Accident Monitoring (PAM) Instrumentation

LCO 3.3.3 The PAM instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.3-1 shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: According to Table 3.3.3-1.

ACTIONS --------------------------------------------------------NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. ------------NOTE---------------- Not applicable to Functions 3, 4, 14, and 16. ------------------------------------ One or more Functions with one required channel inoperable. A.1 Restore required channel to OPERABLE status.

30 days B. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met. B.1 Initiate action in accordance with Specification 5.9.8.

Immediately (continued)

PAM Instrumentation

3.3.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-42 (developmental)

B ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. One or more Functions with two required channels inoperable.

OR Functions 3, 4, 14, and 16 with one required channel inoperable. C.1 Restore one channel to OPERABLE status.

7 days D. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition C not met. D.1 Enter the Condition referenced in Table 3.3.3-1 for the channel. Immediately E. As required by Required Action D.1 and referenced in Table 3.3.3-1. E.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND E.2 Be in MODE 4. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months F. As required by Required Action D.1 and referenced in Table 3.3.3-1. F.1 Initiate action in accordance with Specification 5.9.8.

Immediately PAM Instrumentation

3.3.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-43 (developmental)

B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS

NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- SR 3.3.3.1 and SR 3.3.3.2 apply to each PAM instrumentation Function in Table 3.3.3-1. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.3.1 Perform CHANNEL CHECK for each required instrumentation channel that is normally energized.

31 days SR 3.3.3.2 -------------------------------NOTES---------------------------- 1. Neutron detectors are excluded from CHANNEL CALIBRATION. 2. Not applicable to Functions 11 and 16. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION. 18 months SR 3.3.3.3 -------------------------------NOTES---------------------------- 1. Verification of relay setpoints not required. 2. Only applicable to Functions 11 and 16. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform TADOT. 18 months PAM Instrumentation

3.3.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-44 (developmental)

H Table 3.3.3-1 (page 1 of 3) Post Accident Monitoring Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS / TRAINS CONDITION REFERENCED FROM REQUIRED ACTION D.1 1) Intermediate Range Neutron Flux (g) 1 (a), 2 (b), 3 2 E 2) Source Range Neutron Flux 2 (c) , 3 2 E 3) Reactor Coolant System (RCS) Hot Leg Temperature (T-Hot) 1, 2, 3 1 per loop E 4) RCS Cold Leg Temperature (T-Cold) 1, 2, 3 1 per loop E 5) RCS Pressure (Wide Range) 1, 2, 3 3 E 6) Reactor Vessel Water Level (f) 1, 2, 3 2 F 7) Containment Sump Water Level (Wide Range) 1, 2, 3 2 E 8) Containment Lower Comp. Atm. Temperature 1, 2, 3 2 E 9) Containment Pressure (Wide Range) (g) 1, 2, 3 2 E 10) Containment Pressure (Narrow Range) 1, 2, 3 4 E 11) Containment Isolation Valve Position (g) 1, 2, 3 2 per penetration flow path (d)(i) E 12) Containment Radiation (High Range) 1, 2, 3 2 upper containment 2 lower containment F 13) RCS Pressurizer Level 1, 2, 3 3 E 14) Steam Generator (SG) Water Level (Wide Range) (g) 1, 2, 3 1/SG E (continued)

PAM Instrumentation

3.3.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-45 (developmental)

B Table 3.3.3-1 (page 2 of 3) Post Accident Monitoring Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS / TRAINS CONDITION REFERENCED FROM REQUIRED ACTION D.1 15) Steam Generator Water Level (Narrow Range) 1, 2, 3 3/SG E 16) AFW Valve Status (j) 1, 2, 3 1 per valve E 17) Core Exit Temperature-Quadrant 1 (f) 1, 2, 3 2 (e) E 18) Core Exit Temperature-Quadrant 2 (f) 1, 2, 3 2 (e) E 19) Core Exit Temperature-Quadrant 3 (f) 1, 2, 3 2 (e) E 20) Core Exit Temperature-Quadrant 4 (f) 1, 2, 3 2 (e) E 21) Auxiliary Feedwater Flow 1, 2, 3 2/SG E

22) Reactor Coolant System Subcooling Margin Monitor (h) 1, 2, 3 2 E 23) Refueling Water Storage Tank Water Level 1, 2, 3 2 E 24) Steam Generator Pressure 1, 2, 3 2/SG E 25) Auxiliary Building Passive Sump Level (j) 1, 2, 3 2 E PAM Instrumentation

3.3.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-46 (developmental)

B Table 3.3.3-1 (page 3 of 3) Post Accident Monitoring Instrumentation (a) Below the P-10 (Power Range Neutron Flux) interlocks.

(b) Above the P-6 (Intermediate R ange Neutron Flux) interlocks.

(c) Below the P-6 (Intermediate Range Neutron Flux) interlocks (d) Not required for isolation valves whose associated penetration is isolated by at least one closed and deactivated automatic valve, closed manual valve, blind flange, pressure relief valve, or check valve with flow through the valve secured. (e) A channel consists of two core exit thermocouples (CETs). (f) The Common Q Post Accident Monitoring System provides these functions on a flat screen display. (g) Regulatory Guide 1.97, non-Type A, Category 1 Variables. (h) This function is displayed on the Common Q Post Accident Monitoring System flat

screen display and digital panel meters. (i) Only one position indication channel is required for penetration flow paths with only one installed control room indication channel. (j) Watts Bar specific (not required by Regulatory Guide 1.97) non-Type A Category 1 variable.

Remote Shutdown System

3.3.4 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-47 (developmental)

F 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION

3.3.4 Remote

Shutdown System

LCO 3.3.4 The Remote Shutdown System Functions in Table 3.3.4-1 shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3.

ACTIONS --------------------------------------------------------NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more required Functions inoperable. A.1 Restore required Function to OPERABLE status. 30 days B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 4. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months Remote Shutdown System

3.3.4 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-48 (developmental)

B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.4.1 Perform CHANNEL CHECK for each required instrumentation channel that is normally energized.

31 days SR 3.3.4.2 Verify each required control circuit and transfer switch is capable of performing the intended function.

18 months SR 3.3.4.3 -------------------------------NOTE----------------------------- Neutron detectors are excluded from CHANNEL CALIBRATION. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION for each required instrumentation channel.

18 months SR 3.3.4.4 Perform TADOT of the reactor trip breaker open/closed indication.

18 months Remote Shutdown System

3.3.4 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-49 (developmental)

A Table 3.3.4-1 (page 1 of 1) Remote Shutdown System Instrumentation and Controls FUNCTION/INSTRUMENT OR CONTROL PARAMETER REQUIRED NUMBER OF FUNCTIONS 1. Reactivity Control a. Source Range Neutron Flux 1 b. Reactor Trip Breaker Position Indication 1 per trip breaker 2. Reactor Coolant System (RCS) Pressure Control a. Pressurizer Pre ssure Indication or RCS Wide Range Pressure Indication 1 b. Pressurizer Power Operated Relief Valve (PORV) Control and Pressurizer Block Valve Control 1 each per relief path c. Pressurizer Heater Control 1 3. RCS Inventory Control a. Pressurizer Level Indication 1 b. Charging and Letdown Flow Control and Indication 1 4. Decay Heat Removal via Steam Generators (SGs) a. RCS Hot Leg Temperature Indication 1 per loop b. AFW Controls 1 c. SG Pressure Indication and Control 1 per SG d. SG Level Indication and AFW Flow Indication 1 per SG e. SG Tsat Indication 1 per SG 5. Decay Heat Removal via RHR System a. RHR Flow Control 1 b. RHR Temperature Indication 1

LOP DG Start Instrumentation

3.3.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-50 (developmental)

A 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.5 Loss of Power (LOP) Diesel Generator (DG) Start Instrumentation

LCO 3.3.5 The LOP DG Start Instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.5-1 shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, When associated DG is required to be OPERABLE by LCO 3.8.2, "AC Sources-Shutdown."

ACTIONS

NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more Functions with one channel per bus inoperable. --------------------NOTE-------------------

Enter applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.3.2, "ESFAS Instrumentation," for Auxiliary Feedwater Start Instrumentation made inoperable by LOP DG Start Instrumentation. -----------------------------------------------

A.1 Restore channel to OPERABLE status.

6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months B. One or more Functions with two or more channels per bus inoperable. B.1 Restore all but one channel to OPERABLE status. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months (continued)

LOP DG Start Instrumentation

3.3.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-51 (developmental)

A ACTIONS continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. C.1 Enter applicable Condition(s) and Required Action(s) for the associated DG made inoperable by LOP DG start instrumentation.

Immediately SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS

NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- Refer to Table 3.3.5-1 to determine which SRs apply for each LOP Function. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.5.1 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Verification of relay setpoints not required. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform TADOT. 92 days SR 3.3.5.2 Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION. 6 months SR 3.3.5.3 Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION. 18 months LOP DG Start Instrumentation

3.3.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-52 (developmental)

A Table 3.3.5-1 (page 1 of 1) LOP DG Start Instrumentation FUNCTION REQUIRED CHANNELS PER BUS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS TRIP SETPOINT ALLOWABLE VALUE 1. 6.9 kV Emergency Bus Undervoltage (Loss of Voltage) a. Bus Undervoltage 3 SR 3.3.5.1 SR 3.3.5.2 5994 V and 6006 V 5967.6 V b. Time Delay 2 SR 3.3.5.3 0.73 sec and 0.77 sec 0.58 sec and 0.94 sec

2. 6.9 kV Emergency Bus Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) a. Bus Undervoltage 3 SR 3.3.5.1 SR 3.3.5.2 6593.4 V and 6606.6 V 6570 V b. Time Delay 2 SR 3.3.5.3 9.73 sec and 10.27 sec 9.42 sec and 10.49 sec

3. Diesel Generator Start 2 SR 3.3.5.1 SR 3.3.5.2 4733.4 V and 4926.6 V with an internal time delay of 0.46 sec and 0.54 sec 2295.6 V with an internal time delay of 0.56 sec at zero volts

4. Load Shed 4 SR 3.3.5.1 SR 3.3.5.2 4733.4 V and 4926.6 V with an internal time delay of 2.79 sec and 3 21 sec 2295.6 V with an internal time delay of 3.3 sec at zero volts.

Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation

3.3.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-53 (developmental)

H 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION

3.3.6 Containment

Vent Isolation Instrumentation

LCO 3.3.6 The Containment Vent Isolation instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.6-1 shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS

NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function.

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One radiation monitoring channel inoperable. A.1 Restore the affected channel to OPERABLE status. 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months (continued)

Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation

3.3.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-54 (developmental)

H ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. One or more Functions with one or more manual or automatic actuation trains inoperable.

OR Two radiation monitoring channels inoperable.

OR Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met. --------------------NOTE-------------------

One train of automatic actuation logic may be bypassed and Required Action B.1 may be delayed for up to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months for Surveillance testing provided the other train is OPERABLE. -----------------------------------------------

B.1 Enter applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.6.3, "Containment Isolation

Valves," for containment

purge and exhaust

isolation valves made inoperable by isolation instrumentation.

Immediately Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation

3.3.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-55 (developmental)

B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS

NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- Refer to Table 3.3.6-1 to determine which SRs apply for each Containment Vent Isolation Function. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.6.1 Perform CHANNEL CHECK. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.3.6.2 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ This surveillance is only applicable to the actuation logic of the ESFAS instrumentation. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform ACTUATION LOGIC TEST. 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.6.3 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ This surveillance is only applicable to the master relays of the ESFAS instrumentation. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform MASTER RELAY TEST. 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.6.4 Perform COT. 92 days SR 3.3.6.5 Perform SLAVE RELAY TEST. 92 days OR 18 months for Westinghouse type AR and Potter &

Brumfield MDR Series relays (continued)

Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation

3.3.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-56 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.6.6 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Verification of setpoint is not required. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform TADOT. 18 months SR 3.3.6.7 Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION. 18 months Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation

3.3.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-57 (developmental)

H Table 3.3.6-1 (page 1 of 1) Containment Vent Isolation Instrumentation FUNCTION REQUIRED CHANNELS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE 1. Manual Initiation 2 SR 3.3.6.6 NA 2. Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays 2 trains SR 3.3.6.2 SR 3.3.6.3 SR 3.3.6.5 NA 3. Containment Purge Exhaust Radiation Monitors 2 SR 3.3.6.1 SR 3.3.6.4 SR 3.3.6.7

< 2.8E-02 µCi/cc (b) (1.14x10 4 cpm) 4. Safety Injection Refer to LCO 3.3.2, "ESFAS Instrumentation," Function 1, for all initiation functions and requirements.

CREVS Actuation Instrumentation

3.3.7 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-58 (developmental)

A 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION

3.3.7 Control

Room Emergency Ventilation S ystem (CREVS) Actuation Instrumentation

LCO 3.3.7 The CREVS actuation instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.7-1 shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.

ACTIONS

NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function.

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more Functions with one channel or train inoperable. A.1 Place one CREVS train in emergency radiation protection mode.

7 days (continued)

CREVS Actuation Instrumentation

3.3.7 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-59 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. One or more Functions with two channels or two trains inoperable. B.1.1 Place one CREVS train in emergency radiation protection mode.

Immediately AND B.1.2 Enter applicable Conditions and Required Actions for one CREVS train made inoperable by inoperable CREVS actuation instrumentation Immediately OR B.2 Place both trains in emergency radiation protection mode.

Immediately C. Required Action and associated Completion Time for Condition A or B not met in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. C.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND C.2 Be in MODE 5 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months D. Required Action and associated Completion Time for Condition A or B not met during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies. D.1 Suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.

Immediately E. Required Action and associated Completion Time for Condition A or B not met in MODE 5 or 6. E.1 Initiate action to restore one CREVS train to OPERABLE status.

Immediately CREVS Actuation Instrumentation

3.3.7 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-60 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS

NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- Refer to Table 3.3.7-1 to determine which SRs apply for each CREVS Actuation Function. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.7.1 Perform CHANNEL CHECK. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.3.7.2 Perform COT. 92 days SR 3.3.7.3 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Verification of setpoint is not required. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform TADOT. 18 months SR 3.3.7.4 Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION. 18 months CREVS Actuation Instrumentation

3.3.7 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-61 (developmental)

H Table 3.3.7-1 (page 1 of 1) CREVS Actuation Instrumentation FUNCTION REQUIRED CHANNELS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE 1. Manual Initiation 2 trains SR 3.3.7.3 NA 2. Control Room Radiation Control Room Air Intakes 2 SR 3.3.7.1 SR 3.3.7.2 SR 3.3.7.4 1.647E-04 C/cc (3,308 cpm) 3. Safety Injection Refer to LCO 3.3.2, "ESFAS Instrumentation," Function 1, for all initiation functions and requirements.

ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation

3.3.8 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-62 (developmental)

A 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION

3.3.8 Auxiliary

Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS) Actuation Instrumentation

LCO 3.3.8 The ABGTS actuation instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.8-1 shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: According to Table 3.3.8-1.

ACTIONS

NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more Functions with one channel or train inoperable. A.1 Place one ABGTS train in operation.

7 days B. One or more Functions with two channels or two trains inoperable. B.1.1 Place one ABGTS train in operation.

Immediately AND B.1.2 Enter applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.7.12, "Auxiliary Building Gas

Treatment System (ABGTS)," for one train

made inoperable by inoperable actuation instrumentation Immediately OR (continued)

ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation

3.3.8 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-63 (developmental)

H ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. (continued) B.2 Place both trains in emergency radiation protection mode.

Immediately C. Required Action and associated Completion Time for Condition A or B

not met. C.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND C.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.8.1 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Verification of setpoint is not required.

Perform TADOT. 18 months ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation

3.3.8 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.3-64 (developmental)

H Table 3.3.8-1 (page 1 of 1) ABGTS Actuation Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE 1. Manual Initiation 1,2,3,4 2 SR 3.3.8.1 NA

2. Containment Isolation Refer to LCO 3.3.2, Function 3.a., for all Phase A initiating functions and requirements.

RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits

3.4.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.4-1 (developmental)

A 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.1 RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) Limits

LCO 3.4.1 RCS DNB parameters for pressurizer pressure, RCS average temperature, and RCS total flow rate shall be within the limits specified

below: a. Pressurizer pressure 2214 psig; b. RCS average temperature 593.2°F; and c. RCS total flow rate 380,000 gpm (process computer or control board indication).

APPLICABILITY: MODE 1.

NOTE-------------------------------------------- Pressurizer pressure limit does not apply during: a. THERMAL POWER ramp > 5% RTP per minute; or

b. THERMAL POWER step > 10% RTP. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more RCS DNB parameters not within limits. A.1 Restore RCS DNB parameter(s) to within limit. 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 2. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits

3.4.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.4-2 (developmental)

B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.1.1 Verify pressurizer pressure is 2214 psig.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.4.1.2 Verify RCS average temperature is 593.2°F.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.4.1.3 Verify RCS total flow rate is 380,000 gpm (process computer or control board indication).

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.4.1.4 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Required to be performed within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months after 90% RTP. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify by precision heat balance method that RCS total flow rate is 380,000 gpm.

18 months

RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality

3.4.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.4-3 (developmental)

A 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.2 RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality

LCO 3.4.2 Each RCS loop average temperature (T av g) shall be 551 F.

APPLICABILITY: MODE 1, MODE 2 with k ef f 1.0. ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Tavg in one or more RCS loops not within limit. A.1 Be in MODE 3. 30 minutes

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.2.1 Verify RCS Tavg in each loop 551 F. ----------NOTE--------- Only required if Tavg - T ref deviation alarm not reset and

any RCS loop Tavg < 561F. ---------------------------

30 minutes

RCS P/T Limits

3.4.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.4-4 (developmental)

A 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.3 RCS Pressure and Temperature (P/T) Limits

LCO 3.4.3 RCS pressure, RCS temperature, and RCS heatup and cooldown rates shall be maintained within the limits specified in the PTLR.

APPLICABILITY: At all times.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. -----------NOTE-----------------

Required Action A.2 shall be completed whenever this Condition is entered. ------------------------------------- Requirements of LCO not met in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. A.1 Restore parameter(s) to within limits 30 minutes AND A.2 Determine RCS is acceptable for continued operation.

72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 5 with RCS pressure < 500 psig 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months C. -----------NOTE-----------------

Required Action C.2 shall be completed whenever this Condition is entered. ------------------------------------- Requirements of LCO not met any time in other than MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. C.1 Initiate action to restore parameter(s) to within limits. Immediately AND C.2 Determine RCS is acceptable for continued operation.

Prior to entering MODE 4 RCS P/T Limits

3.4.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.4-5 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.3.1 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Only required to be performed during RCS heatup and cooldown operations and RCS inservice leak and hydrostatic testing. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify RCS pressure, RCS temperature, and RCS heatup and cooldown rates are within the limits specified in the PTLR.

30 minutes

RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2

3.4.4 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.4-6 (developmental)

A 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.4 RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2

LCO 3.4.4 Four RCS loops shall be OPERABLE and in operation.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1 and 2.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Requirements of LCO not met. A.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.4.1 Verify each RCS loop is in operation. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months

RCS Loops - MODE 3

3.4.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.4-7 (developmental)

A 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.5 RCS Loops - MODE 3

LCO 3.4.5 Two RCS loops shall be OPERABLE, and either: a. Two RCS loops shall be in operation when the Rod Control System is capable of rod withdrawal; or b. One RCS loop shall be in operation when the Rod Control System is not capable of rod withdrawal.

NOTE-------------------------------------------- All reactor coolant pumps may be de-energized for 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months per 8 hour9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months period provided: a. No operations are permitted that would cause reduction of the RCS boron concentration; and b. Core outlet temperature is maintained at least 10 F below saturation temperature. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

APPLICABILITY: MODE 3.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One required RCS loop inoperable. A.1 Restore required RCS loop to OPERABLE status 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met B.1 Be in MODE 4 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months (continued)

RCS Loops - MODE 3

3.4.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.4-8 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. One required RCS loop not in operation, and reactor trip breakers closed and Rod

Control System capable of

rod withdrawal. C.1 Restore required RCS loop to operation.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months OR C.2 De-energize all control rod drive mechanisms (CRDMs). 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months D. All RCS loops inoperable.

OR No RCS loop in operation. D.1 De-energize all CRDMs. Immediately AND D.2 Suspend all operations involving a reduction of RCS boron concentration.

Immediately AND D.3 Initiate action to restore one RCS loop to OPERABLE status and operation.

Immediately SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.5.1 Verify required RCS loops are in operation 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.4.5.2 Verify steam generator secondary side water levels are 6% narrow range for required RCS loops.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.4.5.3 Verify correct breaker alignment and indicated power are available to the required pump that is not in operation.

7 days RCS Loops - MODE 4

3.4.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.4-9 (developmental)

B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.6 RCS Loops - MODE 4

LCO 3.4.6 Two loops shall be OPERABLE, and consist of either: a. Any combination of RCS loops and residual heat removal (RHR) loops, and one loop shall be in operation, when the rod control system is not capable of rod withdrawal; or b. Two RCS loops, and both loops shall be in operation, when the rod control system is capable of rod withdrawal.

NOTE-------------------------------------------- No RCP shall be started with any RCS cold leg temperature the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR unless the secondary side water temperature of each steam generator (SG) is 50 F above each of the RCS cold leg temperatures. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

APPLICABILITY: MODE 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Only one RCS loop OPERABLE.

AND Two RHR loops inoperable. A.1 Initiate action to restore a second loop to OPERABLE status Immediately B. One required RHR loop inoperable.

AND No RCS loops OPERABLE. B.1 Be in MODE 5. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months (continued)

RCS Loops - MODE 4

3.4.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.4-10 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. One required RCS loop not in operation, and reactor trip breakers closed and Rod

Control System capable of

rod withdrawal. C.1 Restore required RCS loop to operation.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months OR C.2 De-energize all control rod drive mechanisms (CRDMs). 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months D. Required RCS or RHR loops inoperable.

OR No required RCS or RHR loop in operation D.1 De-energize all CRDMs. Immediately AND D.2 Suspend all operations involving a reduction of RCS boron concentration.

Immediately AND D.3 Initiate action to restore one loop to OPERABLE status and operation.

Immediately

RCS Loops - MODE 4

3.4.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.4-11 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.6.1 Verify two RCS loop are in operation when the rod control system is capable of rod withdrawal.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.4.6.2 Verify one RHR or RCS loop is in operation when the rod control system is not capable of rod withdrawal.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.4.6.3 Verify SG secondary side water levels are greater than or equal to 6% narrow range for required RCS loops. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.4.6.4 Verify correct breaker alignment and indicated power are available to the required pump that is not in operation.

7 days RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled

3.4.7 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.4-12 (developmental)

B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.7 RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled

LCO 3.4.7 One residual heat removal (RHR) loop shall be OPERABLE and in operation, and either: a. One additional RHR loop shall be OPERABLE; or b. The secondary side water level of at least two steam generators (SGs) shall be greater than or equal to 6% narrow range.

NOTES------------------------------------------ 1. One required RHR loop may be inoperable for up to 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months for surveillance testing provided that the other RHR loop is OPERABLE and in operation. 2. No reactor coolant pump shall be started with one or more RCS cold leg temperatures the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR unless the secondary side water temperature of each SG is 50F above each of the RCS cold leg temperatures. 3. All RHR loops may be removed from operation during planned heatup to MODE 4 when at least one RCS loop is in operation. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

APPLICABILITY: MODE 5 with RCS loops filled.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One RHR loop inoperable.

AND Required SGs secondary side water levels not within limits. A.1 Initiate action to restore a second RHR loop to OPERABLE status Immediately OR A.2 Initiate action to restore required SG secondary side water levels to within

limits Immediately (continued)

RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled

3.4.7 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.4-13 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. Required RHR loops inoperable.

OR No RHR loop in operation. B.1 Suspend all operations involving a reduction of RCS boron concentration.

Immediately AND B.2 Initiate action to restore one RHR loop to OPERABLE status and operation.

Immediately

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.7.1 Verify one RHR loop is in operation. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.4.7.2 Verify SG secondary side water level is greater than or equal to 6% narrow range in required SGs.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.4.7.3 Verify correct breaker alignment and indicated power are available to the required RHR pump that is not in operation 7 days RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled

3.4.8 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.4-14 (developmental)

A 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.8 RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled

LCO 3.4.8 Two residual heat removal (RHR) loops shall be OPERABLE and one RHR loop shall be in operation.

NOTE-------------------------------------------- 1. All RHR pumps may be de-energized for 15 minutes when switching from one loop to another provided: a. The core outlet temperature is maintained > 10 F below saturation temperature. b. No operations are permitted that would cause a reduction of the RCS boron concentration; and c. No draining operations to further reduce the RCS water volume are permitted. 2. One RHR loop may be inoperable for 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months for surveillance testing provided that the other RHR loop is OPERABLE and in operation. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

APPLICABILITY: MODE 5 with RCS loops not filled.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One RHR loop inoperable. A.1 Initiate action to restore RHR loop to OPERABLE status. Immediately (continued)

RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled

3.4.8 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.4-15 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. Required RHR loops inoperable.

OR No RHR loop in operation. B.1 Suspend all operations involving reduction in RCS boron concentration Immediately AND B.2 Initiate action to restore one RHR loop to OPERABLE status and operation Immediately SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.8.1 Verify one RHR loop is in operation. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.4.8.2 Verify correct breaker alignment and indicated power are available to the required RHR pump that is not in operation.

7 days Pressurizer

3.4.9 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.4-16 (developmental)

A 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

3.4.9 Pressurizer

LCO 3.4.9 The pressurizer shall be OPERABLE with: a. Pressurizer water level 92%; and b. Two groups of pressurizer heaters OPERABLE with the capacity of each group 150 kW

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Pressurizer water level not within limit. A.1 Be in MODE 3 with reactor trip breakers open. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND A.2 Be in MODE 4. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months B. One required group of pressurizer heaters inoperable. B.1 Restore required group of pressurizer heaters to OPERABLE status.

72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months C. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition B not met. C.1 Be in MODE 3 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND C.2 Be in MODE 4 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months Pressurizer

3.4.9 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.4-17 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.9.1 Verify pressurizer water level is 92%. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.4.9.2 Verify capacity of each required group of pressurizer heaters is 150 kW. 92 days Pressurizer Safety Valves 3.4.10

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-18 (developmental)

F 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.10 Pressurizer Safety Valves

LCO 3.4.10 Three pressurizer safety valves shall be OPERABLE with lift settings 2410 psig and 2560 psig.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3, MODE 4 with all RCS cold leg temperatures > the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR.

NOTE-------------------------------------------- The lift settings are not required to be within the LCO limits during MODE 3 and MODE 4 with all RCS cold leg temperatures > the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR for the purpose of setting the pressurizer safety valves under ambient (hot) conditions. This exception is allowed for 54 hours6.25e-4 days 0.015 hours 8.928571e-5 weeks 2.0547e-5 months following entry into MODE 3 provided a preliminary cold setting was made prior to heatup. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One pressurizer safety valve inoperable. A.1 Restore valve to OPERABLE status.

15 minutes B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met.

OR Two or more pressurizer safety valves inoperable. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 4 with any RCS cold leg temperature

< the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months Pressurizer Safety Valves 3.4.10

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-19 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.10.1 Verify each pressurizer safety valve is OPERABLE in accordance with the Inservice Testing Program. Following testing, lift settings shall be within 1% of the nominal lift setting of 2485 psig. In accordance with the Inservice Testing Program Pressurizer PORVs 3.4.11 Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-20 (developmental)

F 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.11 Pressurizer Power Operated Relief Valves (PORVs)

LCO 3.4.11 Each PORV and associated block valve shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3.

ACTIONS -----------------------------------------------------------NOTE---------------------------------------------------------- Separate Condition entry is allowed for each PORV. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more PORVs inoperable and capable of being manually cycled. A.1 Close and maintain power to associated block valve 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months B. One PORV inoperable and not capable of being manually cycled. B.1 Close associated block valve 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND B.2 Remove power from associated block valve.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND B.3 Restore PORV to OPERABLE status 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months (continued)

Pressurizer PORVs 3.4.11 Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-21 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. One block valve inoperable C.1 Place associated PORV in manual control 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND C.2 Restore block valve to OPERABLE status 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months D. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A, B, or C not met. D.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND D.2 Be in MODE 4. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months E. Two PORVs inoperable and not capable of being manually cycled E.1 Close associated block valves. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND E.2 Remove power from associated block valves.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND E.3 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND E.4 Be in MODE 4. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months F. Two block valves inoperable F.1 Place associated PORVs in manual control.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND F.2 Restore one block valve to OPERABLE status.

2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months (continued)

Pressurizer PORVs 3.4.11 Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-22 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME G. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition F not met. G.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND G.2 Be in MODE 4. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.11.1 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------

Not required to be met with block valve closed in accordance with the Required Action of Condition B or E. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform a complete cycle of each block valve. 92 days SR 3.4.11.2 Perform a complete cycle of each PORV. 18 months

COMS 3.4.12 Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-23 (developmental)

F 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.12 Cold Overpressure Mitigation System (COMS)

LCO 3.4.12 A COMS System shall be OPERABLE with a maximum of one charging pump and no safety injection pump capable of injecting into the RCS and the accumulators isolated and either a or b below. a. Two RCS relief valves, as follows: 1. Two power operated relief valves (PORVs) with lift settings within the limits specified in the PTLR, or 2. One PORV with a lift setting within the limits specified in the PTLR and the RHR suction relief valve with a setpoint 436.5 psig and 463.5 psig. b. The RCS depressurized and an RCS vent capable of relieving

> 475 gpm water flow.

NOTE-------------------------------------------- 1. Two charging pumps may be made capable of injecting for less than or equal to one hour for pump swap operations. 2. Accumulator may be unisolated when accumulator pressure is less than the maximum RCS pressure for the existing RCS cold leg temperature allowed by the P/T limit curves provided in the PTLR. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

APPLICABILITY: MODE 4 with any RCS cold leg temperature <

the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, MODE 5, MODE 6 when the reactor vessel head is on

COMS 3.4.12

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-24 (developmental)

B ACTIONS -----------------------------------------------------------NOTE---------------------------------------------------------- LCO 3.0.4.b is not applicable when entering MODE 4. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more safety injection pumps capable of injecting into the RCS. A.1 Initiate action to verify no safety injection pumps are capable of injecting into the RCS.

Immediately B. Two or more charging pumps capable of injecting into the RCS. B.1 Initiate action to verify a maximum of one charging pump is capable of injecting into the RCS.

Immediately C. An accumulator not isolated when the accumulator pressure is greater than or equal to the maximum RCS pressure for existing cold

leg temperature allowed in the PTLR. C.1 Isolate affected accumulator.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months D. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition C not met. D.1 Increase RCS cold leg temperature to > the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months OR D.2 Depressurize affected accumulator to less than the maximum RCS pressure for existing cold

leg temperature allowed in the PTLR.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months (continued)

COMS 3.4.12

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-25 (developmental)

B ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME E. One required RCS relief valve inoperable in MODE 4 with any RCS cold leg

temperature <

the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR. E.1 Restore required RCS relief valve to OPERABLE status.

7 days F. One required RCS relief valve inoperable in MODE 5 or 6. F.1 Restore required RCS relief valve to OPERABLE status.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months G. Two required RCS relief valves inoperable.

OR Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A, B, D, E, or F not met.

OR COMS inoperable for any reason other than Condition A, B, C, D, E, or F. G.1 Depressurize RCS and establish RCS vent.

8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months COMS 3.4.12

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-26 (developmental)

G SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.12.1 Verify no safety injection pumps are capable of injecting into the RCS. Within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months after entering MODE 4 from MODE 3 prior

to the temperature of one or more RCS cold legs decreasing below 225 F. AND 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months thereafter SR 3.4.12.2 Verify a maximum of one charging pump is capable of injecting into the RCS. Within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months after entering MODE 4 from MODE 3 prior to the temperature of one or more RCS cold legs decreasing below 225 F. AND 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months thereafter SR 3.4.12.3 Verify each accumulator is isolated. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.4.12.4 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Only required to be performed when complying with LCO 3.4.12.b. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify RCS vent open. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months for unlocked open vent paths AND 31 days for locked open vent paths (continued)

COMS 3.4.12

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-27 (developmental)

B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.12.5 Verify PORV block valve is open for each required PORV. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months SR 3.4.12.6 Verify both RHR suction isolation valves are locked open with operator power removed for the required RHR suction relief valve.

31 days SR 3.4.12.7 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Required to be met within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months after decreasing RCS cold leg temperature to the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR.

Perform a COT on each required PORV, excluding actuation.

31 days SR 3.4.12.8 Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION for each required PORV actuation channel.

18 months

RCS Operational LEAKAGE 3.4.13

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-28 (developmental)

F 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.13 RCS Operational LEAKAGE

LCO 3.4.13 RCS operational LEAKAGE shall be limited to: a. No pressure boundary LEAKAGE;

b. 1 gpm unidentified LEAKAGE;

c. 10 gpm identified LEAKAGE; and d. 150 gallons per day primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE through any one steam generator (SG).

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. RCS operational LEAKAGE not within limits for reasons other than pressure

boundary LEAKAGE or primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE. A.1 Reduce LEAKAGE to within limits.

4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met.

OR Pressure boundary LEAKAGE exists.

OR Primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE not within limit. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months

RCS Operational LEAKAGE 3.4.13

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-29 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.13.1 ------------------------------NOTES----------------------------- 1. Not required to be performed until 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months after establishment of steady state operation. 2. Not applicable to primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify RCS operational LEAKAGE is within limits by performance of RCS water inventory balance.

72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months SR 3.4.13.2 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------

Not required to be performed until 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months after establishment of steady state operation. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE is less than or equal to 150 gallons per day through any one SG.

72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months RCS PIV Leakage 3.4.14

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-30 (developmental)

F 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.14 RCS Pressure Isolation Valve (PIV) Leakage

LCO 3.4.14 Leakage from each RCS PIV shall be within limit.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3, MODE 4, except valves in the residual heat removal (RHR) flow path when in, or during the transition to or from, the RHR mode of operation.

ACTIONS ----------------------------------------------------------NOTES--------------------------------------------------------- 1. Separate Condition entry is allowed for each flow path. 2. Enter applicable Conditions and Required Actions for systems made inoperable by an inoperable PIV. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more flow paths with leakage from one or more RCS PIVs not within limit. --------------------NOTE------------------- Each valve used to satisfy Required Action A.1 must have been verified to meet SR 3.4.14.1 and be in the reactor coolant pressure boundary. -----------------------------------------------

A.1 Isolate the high pressure portion of the affected system from the low pressure portion by use of one closed manual, deactivated automatic, or check valve.

4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months AND (continued)

RCS PIV Leakage 3.4.14

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-31 (developmental)

F ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued)

A.2 Restore RCS PIV to within limits 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time for Condition A not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months

RCS PIV Leakage 3.4.14

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-32 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.14.1 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ 1. Not required to be performed in MODES 3 and 4. 2. Not required to be performed on the RCS PIVs located in the RHR flow path when in the shutdown cooling mode of operation. 3. RCS PIVs actuated during the performance of this Surveillance are not required to be tested more than once if a repetitive testing loop cannot be avoided. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify leakage from each RCS PIV is equivalent to 0.5 gpm per nominal inch of valve size up to a maximum of 5 gpm at an RCS pressure 2215 psig and 2255 psig. In accordance with the Inservice Testing Program, and

18 months AND Prior to entering MODE 2 whenever the unit has been in MODE 5 for 7 days

or more, if leakage testing has not been

performed in the

previous 9 months AND Within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months following valve actuation due to

automatic or manual action or flow through the valve

RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation 3.4.15 Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-33 (developmental)

B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

3.4.15 RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation

LCO 3.4.15 The following RCS leakage detection instrumentation shall be OPERABLE: 1. One containment pocket sump level monitor; and 2. One lower containment atmosphere particulate radioactivity monitor.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Required containment pocket sump level monitor inoperable. A.1 Perform SR 3.4.13.1. Once per 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months AND A.2 Restore required containment pocket sump level monitor to OPERABLE status.

30 days B. Required containment atmosphere particulate radioactivity monitor inoperable. B.1.1 Analyze grab samples of the containment

atmosphere.

Once per 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months OR B.1.2 Perform SR 3.4.13.1. Once per 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months AND B.2 Restore required containment atmosphere particulate radioactivity monitor to OPERABLE status. 30 days (continued)

RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation 3.4.15 Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-34 (developmental)

F ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. C.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND C.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months D. All required monitors inoperable. D.1 Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.15.1 Perform CHANNEL CHECK of the required containment atmosphere particulate radioactivity monitor. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.4.15.2 Perform COT of the required containment atmosphere particulate radioactivity monitor.

92 days SR 3.4.15.3 Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION of the required containment pocket sump level monitor.

18 months SR 3.4.15.4 Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION of the required containment atmosphere particulate radioactivity monitor. 18 months

RCS Specific Activity 3.4.16 Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-35 (developmental)

H 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.16 RCS Specific Activity

LCO 3.4.16 The specific activity of the reactor coolant shall be within limits.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1 and 2, MODE 3 with RCS average temperature (T av g) 500F. ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131

> 0.265 Ci/gm. --------------------NOTE-------------------

LCO 3.0.4.c is applicable. ------------------------------------------------

A.1 Verify DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 14 Ci/gm. Once per 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months AND A.2 Restore DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 to within limit.

48 hours5.555556e-4 days 0.0133 hours 7.936508e-5 weeks 1.8264e-5 months B. Gross specific activity of the reactor coolant not within limit. B.1 Perform SR 3.4.16.2. 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 3 with Tavg < 500F. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months (continued)

RCS Specific Activity 3.4.16 Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-36 (developmental)

H ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met. OR DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131

> 14 Ci/gm. C.1 Be in MODE 3 with Tavg < 500F. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.16.1 Verify reactor coolant gross specific activity

< 100/ E Ci/gm. 7 days SR 3.4.16.2 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Only required to be performed in MODE 1. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify reactor coolant DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 specific activity 0.265 Ci/gm. 14 days AND Between 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months and 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months after a THERMAL POWER change of 15% RTP within a 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months period (continued)

RCS Specific Activity 3.4.16 Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-37 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.16.3 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Required to be performed within 31 days after a minimum of 2 effective full power days and 20 days of MODE 1 operation have elapsed since the reactor was last subcritical for 48 hours5.555556e-4 days 0.0133 hours 7.936508e-5 weeks 1.8264e-5 months . ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Determine from a sample taken in MODE 1 after a minimum of 2 effective full power days and 20 days of MODE 1 operation have elapsed since the reactor was last subcritical for 48 hours5.555556e-4 days 0.0133 hours 7.936508e-5 weeks 1.8264e-5 months .

184 days SG Tube Integrity 3.4.17

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-38 (developmental)

G 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.17 Steam Generator (SG) Tube Integrity

LCO 3.4.17 SG tube integrity shall be maintained AND All SG tubes satisfying the tube plugging or repair criteria shall be plugged or repaired in accordance with the Steam Generator Program.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS --------------------------------------------------------NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- Separate Condition entry is allowed for each SG tube.

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more SG tubes satisfying the tube plugging or repair criteria and not plugged or repaired in accordance with the Steam Generator Program A.1 Verify tube integrity of the affected tube(s) is maintained until the next refueling outage or SG tube inspection 7 days AND A.2 Plug or repair the affected tube(s) in accordance with the Steam Generator Program Prior to entering MODE 4 following the next refueling

outage or SG tube inspection B. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met OR SG tube integrity not maintained B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months SG Tube Integrity 3.4.17

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.4-39 (developmental)

G SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.4.17.1 Verify steam generator tube integrity in accordance with the Steam Generator Program. In accordance with the Steam Generator Program SR 3.4.17.2 Verify that each inspected SG tube that satisfies the tube plugging or repair criteria is plugged or repaired in accordance with the Steam Generator Program.

Prior to entering MODE 4 following a SG tube inspection

Accumulators

3.5.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.5-1 (developmental)

B 3.5 EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEMS (ECCS)

3.5.1 Accumulators

LCO 3.5.1 Four ECCS accumulators shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1 and 2, MODE 3 with pressurizer pressure > 1000 psig.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One accumulator inoperable due to boron concentration not within limits. A.1 Restore boron concentration to within limits. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months B. One accumulator inoperable for reasons other than Condition A. B.1 Restore accumulator to OPERABLE status.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months C. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A or B not met. C.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND C.2 Reduce pressurizer pressure to 1000 psig.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months D. Two or more accumulators inoperable. C.3 Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately Accumulators

3.5.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.5-2 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.5.1.1 Verify each accumulator isolation valve is fully open. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.5.1.2 Verify borated water volume in each accumulator is 7630 gallons and 8000 gallons.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.5.1.3 Verify nitrogen cover pressure in each accumulator is 610 psig and 660 psig.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.5.1.4 Verify boron concentration in each accumulator is 3000 ppm and 3300 ppm.

31 days AND ----------NOTE--------- Only required to be performed for affected accumulators ---------------------------

Once within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months after each solution volume increase of 75 gallons, that is not the result of addition from the

refueling water storage tank SR 3.5.1.5 Verify power is removed from each accumulator isolation valve operator when pressurizer pressure is 1000 psig.

31 days ECCS - Operating

3.5.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.5-3 (developmental)

A 3.5 EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEMS (ECCS) 3.5.2 ECCS - Operating

LCO 3.5.2 Two ECCS trains shall be OPERABLE.

NOTE-------------------------------------------- 1. In MODE 3, both safety injection (SI) pump flow paths may be isolated by closing the isolation valves for up to 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months to perform pressure isolation valve testing per SR 3.4.14.1. 2. In MODE 3, the safety injection pumps and charging pumps may be made incapable of injecting to support transition into or from the

Applicability of the LCO 3.4.12, Cold Overpressure Mitigation System (COMS) for up to four hours or until the temperature of all the RCS cold legs exceeds 375F, whichever occurs first. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more trains inoperable.

AND At least 100% of the ECCS flow equivalent to a single OPERABLE ECCS train

available. A.1 Restore train(s) to OPERABLE status.

72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 4. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months ECCS - Operating

3.5.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.5-4 (developmental)

B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.5.2.1 Verify the following valves are in the listed position with power to the valve operator removed.

Number Position Function 2FCV-63-1 Open RHR Supply 2FCV-63-22 Open SIS Discharge 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.5.2.2 Verify each ECCS manual, power operated, and automatic valve in the flow path, that is not locked, sealed, or otherwise secured in position, is in the correct position.

31 days SR 3.5.2.3 Verify ECCS piping is full of water. 31 days SR 3.5.2.4 Verify each ECCS pump's developed head at the test flow point is greater than or equal to the required developed head. In accordance with the Inservice Testing Program SR 3.5.2.5 Verify each ECCS automatic valve in the flow path that is not locked, sealed, or otherwise secured in position, actuates to the correct position on an actual or simulated actuation signal.

18 months SR 3.5.2.6 Verify each ECCS pump starts automatically on an actual or simulated actuation signal.

18 months (continued)

ECCS - Operating

3.5.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.5-5 (developmental)

B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.5.2.7 Verify, for each ECCS throttle valve listed below, each position stop is in the correct position. Valve Number CCP Discharge Throttle SI Cold Leg Throttle SI Hot Leg Throttle Valves Valves Valves 263-582 263-550 263-542 263-583 263-552 263-544 263-584 263-554 263-546 263-585 263-556 263-548 18 months SR 3.5.2.8 Verify, by visual inspection, each ECCS train containment sump suction inlet is not restricted by debris and the suction inlet trash racks and screens show no evidence of structural distress or abnormal corrosion.

18 months

ECCS - Shutdown

3.5.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.5-6 (developmental)

F 3.5 EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEMS (ECCS) 3.5.3 ECCS - Shutdown

LCO 3.5.3 One ECCS train shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODE 4.

ACTIONS --------------------------------------------------------NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- LCO 3.0.4.b is not applicable to ECCS high head (centrifugal charging) subsystem. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Required ECCS residual heat removal (RHR) subsystem inoperable. --------------------NOTE------------------- The required ECCS residual heat removal (RHR) subsystem may be inoperable for up to 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months for surveillance testing of valves provided that alternate heat removal

methods are available via the steam generators to maintain the Reactor

Coolant System Tavg less than 350 F and provided that the required subsystem is capable of being manually realigned to the ECCS mode of operation from the main control room. -----------------------------------------------

A.1 Initiate action to restore required ECCS RHR subsystem to OPERABLE status Immediately (continued)

ECCS - Shutdown

3.5.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.5-7 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. Required ECCS centrifugal charging subsystem inoperable. B.1 Restore required ECCS centrifugal charging subsystem to OPERABLE status.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months C. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition B not met. C.1 Be in MODE 5. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.5.3.1 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ An RHR train may be considered OPERABLE during alignment and operation for decay heat removal, if capable of being manually realigned to the ECCS mode of operation. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

The following SRs are applicable for all equipment required to be OPERABLE:

SR 3.5.2.1

SR 3.5.2.3

SR 3.5.2.4 SR 3.5.2.7 SR 3.5.2.8 In accordance with applicable SRs

RWST 3.5.4

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.5-8 (developmental)

A 3.5 EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEMS (ECCS)

3.5.4 Refueling

Water Storage Tank (RWST)

LCO 3.5.4 The RWST shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. RWST boron concentration not within limits.

OR RWST borated water temperature not within limits. A.1 Restore RWST to OPERABLE status.

8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months B. RWST inoperable for reasons other than Condition A. B.1 Restore RWST to OPERABLE status.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months C. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. C.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND C.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months RWST 3.5.4

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.5-9 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.5.4.1 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Only required to be performed when ambient air temperature is < 60°F or > 105°F. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify RWST borated water temperature is 60°F and 105°F. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months SR 3.5.4.2 Verify RWST borated water volume is 370,000 gallons.

7 days SR 3.5.4.3 Verify boron concentration in the RWST is 3100 ppm and 3300 ppm.

7 days Seal Injection Flow

3.5.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.5-10 (developmental)

A 3.5 EMERGENCY CORE COOLING SYSTEMS (ECCS) 3.5.5 Seal Injection Flow

LCO 3.5.5 Reactor coolant pump seal injection flow shall be 40 gpm with charging pump discharge header pressure 2430 psig and the pressurizer level control valve full open.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Seal injection flow not within limit. A.1 Adjust manual seal injection throttle valves to give a flow within limit with charging pump discharge header pressure 2430 psig and the pressurizer level control valve full open.

4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 4. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months Seal Injection Flow

3.5.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.5-11 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.5.5.1 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Required to be performed within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months after the Reactor Coolant System pressure stabilizes at 2215 psig and 2255 psig. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify manual seal injection throttle valves are adjusted to give a flow within limit with charging pump discharge header pressure 2430 psig and the pressurizer level control valve full open.

31 days Containment

3.6.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.6-1 (developmental)

A 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS

3.6.1 Containment

LCO 3.6.1 Containment shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Containment inoperable. A.1 Restore containment to OPERABLE status 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.1.1 Perform required visual examinations and leakage rate testing except for containment air lock testing, in accordance with the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program. In accordance with the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program.

Containment Air Locks

3.6.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.6-2 (developmental)

F 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS

3.6.2 Containment

Air Locks

LCO 3.6.2 Two containment air locks shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS --------------------------------------------------------NOTES----------------------------------------------------------- 1. Entry and exit is permissible to perform repairs on the affected air lock components. 2. Separate Condition entry is allowed for each air lock. 3. Enter applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.6.1, "Containment," when air lock leakage results in exceeding the overall containment leakage rate. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more containment air locks with one containment air lock door inoperable. -------------------NOTES------------------ 1. Required Actions A.1, A.2, and A.3 are not applicable if both doors in the same air lock are inoperable and Condition C is entered. 2. Entry and exit is permissible for 7 days under administrative controls if both air locks are inoperable. -----------------------------------------------

(continued)

Containment Air Locks

3.6.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.6-3 (developmental)

A ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued) A.1 Verify the OPERABLE door is closed in the affected air lock.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND A.2 Lock the OPERABLE door closed in the affected air lock.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months AND A.3 -------------NOTE------------ Air lock doors in high radiation areas may be verified locked closed by administrative means. ----------------------------------

Verify the OPERABLE door is locked closed in the affected air lock.

Once per 31 days (continued)

Containment Air Locks

3.6.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.6-4 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. One or more containment air locks with containment air lock interlock mechanism inoperable. -------------------NOTES------------------ 1. Required Actions B.1, B.2, and B.3 are not applicable if both doors in the same air lock are inoperable and Condition C is entered. 2. Entry and exit of containment is permissible under the control of a dedicated individual. -----------------------------------------------

B.1 Verify an OPERABLE door is closed in the affected air lock.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND B.2 Lock an OPERABLE door closed in the affected air lock. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months AND B.3 -------------NOTE------------ Air lock doors in high radiation areas may be verified locked closed by administrative means. ----------------------------------

Verify an OPERABLE door is locked closed in the affected air lock.

Once per 31 days (continued)

Containment Air Locks

3.6.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.6-5 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. One or more containment air locks inoperable for reasons other than Condition A or B. C.1 Initiate action to evaluate overall containment leakage rate per LCO 3.6.1.

Immediately AND C.2 Verify a door is closed in the affected air lock.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND C.3 Restore air lock to OPERABLE status.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months D. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. D.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND D.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months Containment Air Locks

3.6.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.6-6 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.2.1 -------------------------------NOTES---------------------------- 1. An inoperable air lock door does not invalidate the previous successful performance of the overall air lock leakage test. 2. Results shall be evaluated against acceptance criteria applicable to SR 3.6.1.1. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform required air lock leakage rate testing in accordance with the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program. In accordance with the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program SR 3.6.2.2 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Only required to be performed upon entry or exit through the containment air lock. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify only one door in the air lock can be opened at a time. 184 days Containment Isolation Valves

3.6.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.6-7 (developmental)

A 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS

3.6.3 Containment

Isolation Valves

LCO 3.6.3 Each containment isolation valve shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS --------------------------------------------------------NOTES----------------------------------------------------------- 1. Penetration flow path(s) may be unisolated intermittently under administrative controls. 2. Separate Condition entry is allowed for each penetration flow path. 3. Enter applicable Conditions and Required Actions for systems made inoperable by containment isolation valves. 4. Enter applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.6.1, "Containment," when isolation valve leakage results in exceeding the overall containment leakage rate acceptance criteria. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. ------------NOTE----------------

Only applicable to penetration flow paths with two containment isolation valves. ------------------------------------- One or more penetration flow paths with one containment isolation valve inoperable except for purge valve or shield building bypass leakage not within

limit. A.1 Isolate the affected penetration flow path by use of at least one closed

and de-activated

automatic valve, closed manual valve, blind flange, or check valve

with flow through the valve secured.

4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months AND (continued)

Containment Isolation Valves

3.6.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.6-8 (developmental)

B ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued) A.2 -----------NOTES------------ 1. Isolation devices in high radiation areas may be verified by use

of administrative means. 2. Isolation devices that are locked, sealed, or otherwise secured may be verified by use

of administrative

means. ----------------------------------

Verify the affected penetration flow path is isolated.

Once per 31 days for isolation devices outside containment

AND Prior to entering MODE 4 from MODE 5 if not performed within the

previous 92 days for isolation devices inside containment Containment Isolation Valves

3.6.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.6-9 (developmental)

B ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. ------------NOTE----------------

Only applicable to penetration flow paths with two containment isolation valves. ------------------------------------- One or more penetration flow paths with two containment isolation valves inoperable except for purge valve or shield building

bypass leakage not within

limit. B.1 Isolate the affected penetration flow path by use of at least one closed

and de-activated automatic valve, closed manual valve, or blind flange 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months C. ------------NOTE----------------

Only applicable to penetration flow paths with only one containment

isolation valve and a closed system. ------------------------------------- One or more penetration flow paths with one containment isolation valve inoperable. C.1 Isolate the affected penetration flow path by use of at least one closed

and de-activated

automatic valve, closed

manual valve, or blind flange 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months AND C.2 -----------NOTES------------ 1. Isolation devices in high radiation areas may be verified by use of administrative

means. 2. Isolation devices that are locked, sealed, or

otherwise secured may be verified by use of administrative means. ----------------------------------

(continued)

Containment Isolation Valves

3.6.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.6-10 (developmental)

A CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. (continued) Verify the affected penetration flow path is isolated.

Once per 31 days D. Shield building bypass not within limit. D.1 Restore leakage within limit. 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months E. One or more penetration flow paths with one or more containment purge valves not within purge valve leakage limits E.1 Isolate the affected penetration flow path by use of at least one closed

and de-activated

automatic valve, closed manual valve, or blind flange. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months AND (continued)

Containment Isolation Valves

3.6.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.6-11 (developmental)

B ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME E. (continued) E.2 -----------NOTES------------ 1. Isolation devices in high radiation areas may be verified by use

of administrative means.

2. Isolation devices that are locked, sealed, or

otherwise secured may be verified by use of administrative means. ----------------------------------

Verify the affected penetration flow path is isolated.

Once per 31 days for isolation devices outside containment AND Prior to entering MODE 4 from MODE 5 if not performed within the previous 92 days for isolation devices inside containment Once per 92 days AND E.3 Perform SR 3.6.3.5 for the resilient seal purge valves closed to comply

with Required Action E.1.

Once per 92 days F. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. F.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND F.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months Containment Isolation Valves

3.6.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.6-12 (developmental)

B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.3.1 Verify each containment purge valve is closed, except when the containment purge valves are open for pressure control, ALARA or air quality considerations for personnel entry, or for Surveillances that require the valves to be open.

31 days SR 3.6.3.2 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Valves and blind flanges in high radiation areas may be verified by use of administrative controls. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify each containment isolation manual valve and blind flange that is located outside containment, the containment annulus, and the Main Steam Valve Vault Rooms, and not locked, sealed, or otherwise secured and required to be closed during accident conditions is closed, except for containment isolation valves that are open under administrative controls.

31 days SR 3.6.3.3 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Valves and blind flanges in high radiation areas may be verified by use of administrative controls. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify each containment isolation manual valve and blind flange that is located inside containment, the containment annulus, and the Main Steam Valve Vault Rooms, and not locked, sealed, or otherwise secured and required to be closed during accident conditions is closed, except for containment isolation valves that are open under administrative controls.

Prior to entering MODE 4 from MODE 5 if not

performed within the

previous 92 days SR 3.6.3.4 Verify the isolation time of each power operated and each automatic containment isolation valve is within limits. In accordance with the Inservice Testing Program or 92 days (continued)

Containment Isolation Valves

3.6.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.6-13 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.3.5 Perform leakage rate testing for containment purge valves with resilient seals.

184 days AND Within 92 days after opening the valve SR 3.6.3.6 Verify each automatic containment isolation valve that is not locked, sealed, or otherwise secured in position, actuates to the isolation position on an actual or simulated actuation signal.

18 months SR 3.6.3.7 Verify each 24 inch containment lower compartment purge supply and exhaust isolation valve is blocked to restrict the valve from opening > 50. 18 months SR 3.6.3.8 Verify the combined leakage rate for all shield building bypass leakage paths is 0.25 L a when pressurized to 15.0 psig. In accordance with the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program

Containment Pressure

3.6.4 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.6-14 (developmental)

A 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS

3.6.4 Containment

Pressure

LCO 3.6.4 Containment pressure shall be -0.1 and +0.3 psid relative to the annulus.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Containment pressure not within limits. A.1 Restore containment pressure to within limits.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.4.1 Verify containment pressure is within limits. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months

Containment Air Temperature

3.6.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.6-15 (developmental)

A 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS

3.6.5 Containment

Air Temperature

LCO 3.6.5 Containment average air temperature shall be: a. > 85 F and 110F for the containment upper compartment, and b. > 100 F and 120F for the containment lower compartment.

NOTE-------------------------------------------- The minimum containment average air temperatures in MODES 2, 3, and 4 may be reduced to 60 F. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Containment average air temperature not within limits. A.1 Restore containment average air temperature to within limits.

8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months

Containment Air Temperature

3.6.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.6-16 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.5.1 Verify containment upper compartment average air temperature is within limits.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months SR 3.6.5.2 Verify containment lower compartment average air temperature is within limits.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months Containment Spray System

3.6.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.6-17 (developmental)

A 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS

3.6.6 Containment

Spray System

LCO 3.6.6 Two containment spray trains and two residual heat removal (RHR) spray trains shall be OPERABLE.

NOTE-------------------------------------------- The RHR spray train is not required in MODE 4. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One containment spray train inoperable. A.1 Restore containment spray train to OPERABLE status. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months B. One RHR spray train inoperable. B.1 Restore RHR spray train to OPERABLE status.

72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months C. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. C.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND C.2 Be in MODE 5. 84 hours9.722222e-4 days 0.0233 hours 1.388889e-4 weeks 3.1962e-5 months Containment Spray System

3.6.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.6-18 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.6.1 Verify each containment spray manual, power operated, and automatic valve in the flow path that is not locked, sealed, or otherwise secured in position is in the correct position.

31 days SR 3.6.6.2 Verify each containment spray pump's developed head at the flow test point is greater than or equal to the required developed head. In accordance with the Inservice Testing Program SR 3.6.6.3 Verify each automatic containment spray valve in the flow path that is not locked, sealed, or otherwise secured in position, actuates to the correct position on an actual or simulated actuation signal.

18 months SR 3.6.6.4 Verify each containment spray pump starts automatically on an actual or simulated actuation signal. 18 months SR 3.6.6.5 Verify each spray nozzle is unobstructed. At first refueling AND 10 years SR 3.6.6.6 Perform SR 3.5.2.2 and SR 3.5.2.4 for the RHR spray system. In accordance with Applicable SRs

DELETED Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.6-19 (developmental)

B 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.7 This specification deleted.

HMS 3.6.8

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.6-20 (developmental)

A 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS

3.6.8 Hydrogen

Mitigation System (HMS)

LCO 3.6.8 Two HMS trains shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1 and 2.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One HMS train inoperable. A.1 Restore HMS train to OPERABLE status.

7 days OR A.2 Perform SR 3.6.8.1 on the OPERABLE train.

Once per 7 days B. One containment region with no OPERABLE

hydrogen ignitor. B.1 Restore one hydrogen ignitor in the affected containment region to OPERABLE status.

7 days C. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. C.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months

HMS 3.6.8

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.6-21 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.8.1 Energize each HMS train power supply breaker and verify 33 ignitors are energized in each train.

92 days SR 3.6.8.2 Verify at least one hydrogen ignitor is OPERABLE in each containment region.

92 days SR 3.6.8.3 Energize each hydrogen ignitor and verify temperature is 1700 F. 18 months

EGTS 3.6.9

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.6-22 (developmental)

F 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS

3.6.9 Emergency

Gas Treatment System (EGTS)

LCO 3.6.9 Two EGTS trains shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One EGTS train inoperable. A.1 Restore EGTS train to OPERABLE status.

7 days B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.9.1 Operate each EGTS train for 10 continuous hours with heaters operating.

31 days SR 3.6.9.2 Perform required EGTS filter testing in accordance with the Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP). In accordance with the VFTP (continued)

EGTS 3.6.9

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.6-23 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.9.3 Verify each EGTS train actuates on an actual or simulated actuation signal.

18 months SR 3.6.9.4 Verify each EGTS train produces a flow rate 3600 cfm and 4400 cfm within 20 seconds from the initiation of a Containment Isolation Phase A signal. 18 months on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS ARS 3.6.10

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.6-24 (developmental)

A 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.10 Air Return System (ARS)

LCO 3.6.10 Two ARS trains shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One ARS train inoperable. A.1 Restore ARS train to OPERABLE status.

72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.10.1 Verify each ARS fan starts on an actual or simulated actuation signal, after a delay of 8.0 minutes and 10.0 minutes, and operates for 15 minutes.

92 days SR 3.6.10.2 Verify, with the ARS fan dampers closed, each ARS fan motor current is 54 amps and 94 amps.

92 days SR 3.6.10.3 Verify, with the ARS fan not operating, each ARS fan damper opens when 92.4 in-lb is applied.

92 days Ice Bed 3.6.11

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.6-25 (developmental)

A 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.11 Ice Bed

LCO 3.6.11 The ice bed shall be OPERABLE

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Ice bed inoperable. A.1 Restore ice bed to OPERABLE status.

48 hours5.555556e-4 days 0.0133 hours 7.936508e-5 weeks 1.8264e-5 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.11.1 Verify maximum ice bed temperature is 27 F. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months (continued)

Ice Bed 3.6.11

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.6-26 (developmental)

D SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.11.2 Verify total weight of stored ice is greater than or equal to 2,404,500 lb by: a. Weighing a representative sample of 144 ice baskets and verifying each basket contains greater than or equal to 1237 lb of ice; and b. Calculating total weight of stored ice, at a 95 percent confidence level, using all ice basket weights determined in SR 3.6.11.2.a.

18 months SR 3.6.11.3 Verify azimuthal distribution of ice at a 95 percent confidence level by subdividing weights, as determined by SR 3.6.11.2.a, into the following groups: a. Group 1-bays 1 through 8;

b. Group 2-bays 9 through 16; and

c. Group 3-bays 17 through 24. The average ice weight of the sample baskets in each group from radial rows 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, and 9 shall be greater than or equal to 1237 lb.

18 months SR 3.6.11.4 Verify, by visual inspection, accumulation of ice on structural members comprising flow channels through the ice bed is less than or equal to 15 percent blockage of the total flow area for each safety analysis section.

18 months (continued)

Ice Bed 3.6.11

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.6-27 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.11.5 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ The requirements of this SR are satisfied if the boron concentration and pH values obtained from averaging the individual sample results are within the limits specified below. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify, by chemical analysis of the stored ice in at least one randomly selected ice basket from each ice condenser bay, that ice bed: a. Boron concentration is 1800 ppm and 2000 ppm; and b. pH is 9.0 and 9.5. 54 months SR 3.6.11.6 Visually inspect, for detrimental structural wear, cracks, corrosion, or other damage, two ice baskets from each azimuthal group of bays. See SR 3.6.11.3.

40 months SR 3.6.11.7 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ The chemical analysis may be performed on either the liquid solution or on the resulting ice. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify, by chemical analysis, that ice added to the ice condenser meets the boron concentration and pH requirements of SR 3.6.11.5. Each ice addition

Ice Condenser Doors 3.6.12

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.6-28 (developmental)

A 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.12 Ice Condenser Doors

LCO 3.6.12 The ice condenser inlet doors, intermediate deck doors, and top deck doors shall be OPERABLE and closed.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS --------------------------------------------------------NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- Separate Condition entry is allowed for each ice condenser door.

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more ice condenser inlet doors inoperable due to being physically restrained from opening. A.1 Restore inlet door to OPERABLE status.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months B. One or more ice condenser doors inoperable for reasons other than Condition A or not closed. B.1 Verify maximum ice bed temperature is 27 F. Once per 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months AND B.2 Restore ice condenser door to OPERABLE status and closed positions.

14 days C. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition B not met. C.1 Restore ice condenser door to OPERABLE status and closed positions.

48 hours5.555556e-4 days 0.0133 hours 7.936508e-5 weeks 1.8264e-5 months (continued)

Ice Condenser Doors 3.6.12

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.6-29 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME D. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A or C not met. D.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND D.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.12.1 Verify all inlet doors indicate closed by the Inlet Door Position Monitoring System.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.6.12.2 Verify, by visual inspection, each intermediate deck door is closed and not impaired by ice, frost, or debris. 7 days SR 3.6.12.3 Verify, by visual inspection, each inlet door is not impaired by ice, frost, or debris.

3 months during first year after receipt of license AND 18 months SR 3.6.12.4 Verify torque required to cause each inlet door to begin to open is 675 in-lb.

3 months during first year after receipt of license AND 18 months (continued)

Ice Condenser Doors 3.6.12

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.6-30 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.12.5 Perform a torque test on a sampling of 50% of the inlet doors.

3 months during first year after receipt of license AND 18 months SR 3.6.12.6 Verify for each intermediate deck door: a. No visual evidence of structural deterioration;

b. Free movement of the vent assemblies; and

c. Free movement of the door.

3 months during first year after receipt of license AND 18 months SR 3.6.12.7 Verify, by visual inspection, each top deck door: a. Is in place;

b. Free movement of top deck vent assembly; and c. Has no condensation, frost, or ice formed on the door that would restrict its opening.

92 days Divider Barrier Integrity 3.6.13

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.6-31 (developmental)

F 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.13 Divider Barrier Integrity

LCO 3.6.13 Divider barrier integrity shall be maintained.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. -----------NOTE----------------- For this action, separate Condition entry is allowed for each personnel access

door or equipment hatch.

One or more personnel access doors or equipment hatches between upper and

lower containment open or inoperable, other than for personnel transit. A.1 Restore personnel access doors and

equipment hatches to OPERABLE status and closed positions.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months B. Divider barrier seal inoperable. B.1 Restore seal to OPERABLE status.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months C. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. C.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND C.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months Divider Barrier Integrity 3.6.13

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.6-32 (developmental)

H SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.13.1 Verify, by visual inspection, all personnel access doors and equipment hatches between upper and lower containment compartments are closed.

Prior to entering MODE 4 from MODE 5 SR 3.6.13.2 Verify, by visual inspection, that the seals and sealing surfaces of each personnel access door and equipment hatch have: a. No detrimental misalignments; b. No cracks or defects in the sealing surfaces; and

c. No apparent deterioration of the seal material.

Prior to final closure after each opening AND ----------NOTE--------- Only required for seals made of resilient materials

10 years SR 3.6.13.3 Verify, by visual inspection, each personnel access door or equipment hatch that has been opened for personnel transit is closed.

After each opening SR 3.6.13.4 Not used SR 3.6.13.5 Visually inspect 95% of the divider barrier seal length, and verify: a. Seal and seal mounting bolts are properly installed; and b. Seal material shows no evidence of deterioration due to holes, ruptures, chemical attack, abrasion, radiation damage, or changes in physical appearance.

18 months

Containment Recirculation Drains 3.6.14

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.6-33 (developmental)

A 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.14 Containment Recirculation Drains

LCO 3.6.14 The ice condenser floor drains and the refueling canal drains shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One ice condenser floor drain inoperable. A.1 Restore ice condenser floor drain to OPERABLE status. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months B. One refueling canal drain inoperable. B.1 Restore refueling canal drain to OPERABLE status. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months C. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. C.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND C.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months

Containment Recirculation Drains 3.6.14

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.6-34 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.14.1 Verify, by visual inspection, that: a. Each refueling canal drain plug is removed; b. Each refueling canal drain is not obstructed by debris; and c. No debris is present in the upper compartment or refueling canal that could obstruct the refueling canal drain.

92 days AND Prior to entering MODE 4 from MODE 5 after each partial or complete fill of the canal SR 3.6.14.2 Verify for each ice condenser floor drain that the: a. Gate opening is not impaired by ice, frost, or debris; b. Gate seat shows no evidence of damage; c. Gate opening force is 100 lb; and d. Drain line from the ice condenser floor to the lower compartment is unrestricted.

18 months

Shield Building 3.6.15

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.6-35 (developmental)

A 3.6 CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS 3.6.15 Shield Building

LCO 3.6.15 The shield building shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Shield building inoperable. A.1 Restore shield building to OPERABLE status.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months B. ------------NOTE---------------- Annulus pressure requirement is not applicable during ventilating operations, required annulus entries, or Auxiliary Building isolations not exceeding 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months in duration.

Annulus pressure not within limits. B.1 Restore annulus pressure within limits.

8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months C. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. C.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND C.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months Shield Building 3.6.15

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.6-36 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.6.15.1 Verify annulus negative pressure is equal to or more negative than -5 inches water gauge with respect to the atmosphere.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.6.15.2 Verify the door in each access opening is closed, except when the access opening is being used for

normal transient entry and exit.

31 days SR 3.6.15.3 Verify shield building structural integrity by performing a visual inspection of the exposed interior and exterior surfaces of the Shield Building. During shutdown for SR 3.6.1.1 Type A tests SR 3.6.15.4 Verify each Emergency Gas Treatment System train with final flow 3600 cfm and 4400 cfm produces an annulus pressure equal to or more negative than - 0.61 inch water gauge at elevation 783 with respect to the atmosphere and with an inleakage of 250 cfm.

18 months on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS MSSVs 3.7.1

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-1 (developmental)

F 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.1 Main Steam Safety Valves (MSSVs)

LCO 3.7.1 Five MSSVs per steam generator shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3.

ACTIONS --------------------------------------------------------NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- Separate Condition entry is allowed for each MSSV. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more steam generators with one MSSV inoperable. A.1 Reduce THERMAL POWER to 59 % RTP.

4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months B. One or more steam generators with two or more

MSSVs inoperable. B.1 Reduce THERMAL POWER to less than or equal to the Maximum Allowable % RTP specified in Table 3.7.1-1

for the number of OPERABLE MSSVs.

4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months AND ------------NOTE------------- Only required in MODE 1.

B.2 Reduce the Power Range Neutron Flux - High reactor trip setpoint to less than or equal to the Maximum Allowable

% RTP specified in Table 3.7.1-1 for the number of OPERABLE MSSVs. (continued)

MSSVs 3.7.1

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-2 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met.

OR One or more steam generators with 4 MSSVs inoperable. C.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND C.2 Be in MODE 4. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.1.1 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Only required to be performed in MODES 1 and 2. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify each required MSSV lift setpoint per Table 3.7.1-2 in accordance with the Inservice Testing Program. Following testing, lift settings shall be within 1%. In accordance with the Inservice Testing Program MSSVs 3.7.1

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-3 (developmental)

A Table 3.7.1-1 (page 1 of 1) OPERABLE Main Steam Safety Valves Versus Maximum Allowable Power NUMBER OF OPERABLE MSSVs PER STEAM GENERATOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE POWER (% RTP) 3 42 2 26

Table 3.7.1-2 (page 1 of 1) Main Steam Safety Valve Lift Settings VALVE NUMBER LIFT SETTING (psig 3%) STEAM GENERATOR

1 #2 #3 #4 1-522 1-517 1-512 1-527 1224 1-523 1-518 1-513 1-528 1215 1-524 1-519 1-514 1-529 1205 1-525 1-520 1-515 1-530 1195 1-526 1-521 1-516 1-531 1185

MSIVs 3.7.2

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-4 (developmental)

A 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.2 Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIVs)

LCO 3.7.2 Four MSIVs shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODE 1, MODES 2 and 3 except when all MSIVs are closed and de-activated.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One MSIV inoperable in MODE 1. A.1 Restore MSIV to OPERABLE status.

8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met. B.1 Be in MODE 2. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months C. ----------NOTE----------------- Separate Condition entry is allowed for each MSIV. -------------------------------------

One or more MSIVs inoperable in MODE 2 or 3. C.1 Close MSIV. 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months AND C.2 Verify MSIV is closed and de-activated.

Once per 7 days D. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition C

not met. D.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND D.2 Be in MODE 4. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months MSIVs 3.7.2

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-5 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.2.1 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Required to be performed in MODE 3. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify closure time of each MSIV is 6.0 seconds on an actual or simulated actuation signal. In accordance with the Inservice Testing Program or

18 months

MFIVs and MFRVs and Associated Bypass Valves

3.7.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.7-6 (developmental)

A 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.3 Main Feedwater Isolation Valves (MFIVs) and Main Feedwater Regulation Valves (MFRVs) and Associated Bypass Valves

LCO 3.7.3 Four MFIVs, four MFRVs, and associated bypass valves shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3 except when MFIV, MFRV, or associated bypass valve is closed and de-activated or isolated by a closed manual valve.

ACTIONS --------------------------------------------------------NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- Separate Condition entry is allowed for each valve. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more MFIVs inoperable. A.1 Close or isolate MFIV. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months AND A.2 Verify MFIV is closed or isolated.

Once per 7 days B. One or more MFRVs inoperable. B.1 Close or isolate MFRV. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months AND B.2 Verify MFRV is closed or isolated.

Once per 7 days C. One or more MFIV or MFRV bypass valves inoperable. C.1 Restore bypass valve to OPERABLE status.

72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months (continued)

MFIVs and MFRVs and Associated Bypass Valves

3.7.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.7-7 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME D. One MFIV and MFRV in the same flow path inoperable. D.1 Isolate affected flow path. 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months E. One MFIV bypass valve and MFRV bypass valve in the same flow path inoperable. E.1 Restore one MFIV bypass valve or MFRV bypass valve to OPERABLE status.

8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months F. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. E.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND E.2 Be in MODE 4. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.3.1 Verify the closure time of each MFIV, MFRV, and associated bypass valve is 6.5 seconds on an actual or simulated actuation signal. In accordance with the Inservice Testing Program or

18 months

ADVs 3.7.4

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-8 (developmental)

A 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS

3.7.4 Atmospheric

Dump Valves (ADVs)

LCO 3.7.4 Four ADV lines shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3, MODE 4 when steam generator is relied upon for heat removal.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One required ADV line inoperable. A.1 Restore required ADV line to OPERABLE status. 7 days B. One train (two ADV lines) inoperable due to one train of ACAS inoperable. B.1 Restore ADV lines to OPERABLE status.

72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months C. Two or more required ADV lines inoperable for reasons other than Condition B. C.1 Restore all but one ADV line to OPERABLE status. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months D. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. D.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND D.2 Be in MODE 4 without reliance upon steam generator for heat removal. 18 hours2.083333e-4 days 0.005 hours 2.97619e-5 weeks 6.849e-6 months ADVs 3.7.4

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-9 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.4.1 Verify one complete cycle of each ADV. 18 months SR 3.7.4.2 Verify one complete cycle of each ADV block valve. 18 months

AFW System

3.7.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.7-10 (developmental)

A 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS

3.7.5 Auxiliary

Feedwater (AFW) System

LCO 3.7.5 Three AFW trains shall be OPERABLE.

NOTE-------------------------------------------- Only one AFW train, which includes a motor driven pump, is required to be OPERABLE in MODE 4. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3, MODE 4 when steam generator is relied upon for heat removal.

ACTIONS --------------------------------------------------------NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- LCO 3.0.4.b is not applicable when entering MODE 1. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One steam supply to turbine driven AFW pump inoperable. A.1 Restore steam supply to OPERABLE status.

7 days AND 10 days from discovery of failure to meet the LCO B. One AFW train inoperable in MODE 1, 2 or 3 for reasons other than

Condition A. B.1 Restore AFW train to OPERABLE status.

72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months AND 10 days from discovery of failure to meet the LCO (continued)

AFW System

3.7.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.7-11 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. Required Action and associated Completion Time for Condition A or B not met. OR Two AFW trains inoperable in MODE 1, 2, or 3. C.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND C.2 Be in MODE 4. 18 hours2.083333e-4 days 0.005 hours 2.97619e-5 weeks 6.849e-6 months D. Three AFW trains inoperable in MODE 1, 2, or 3. D.1 ------------NOTE------------- LCO 3.0.3 and all other LCO Required Actions requiring MODE changes are suspended until one AFW train is restored to OPERABLE status. ----------------------------------

Initiate action to restore one AFW train to OPERABLE status.

Immediately E. Required AFW train inoperable in MODE 4. E.1 Initiate action to restore AFW train to OPERABLE status. Immediately AFW System

3.7.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.7-12 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.5.1 Verify each AFW manual, power operated, and automatic valve in each water flow path, and in both steam supply flow paths to the steam turbine driven pump, that is not locked, sealed, or otherwise secured in position, is in the correct position.

31 days SR 3.7.5.2 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------

Not required to be performed for the turbine driven AFW pump until 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months after 1092 psig in the steam generator. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify the developed head of each AFW pump at the flow test point is greater than or equal to the required developed head.

31 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.7.5.3 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Not applicable in MODE 4 when steam generator is relied upon for heat removal. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify each AFW automatic valve that is not locked, sealed, or otherwise secured in position, actuates to the correct position on an actual or simulated actuation signal.

18 months SR 3.7.5.4 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ 1. Not required to be performed for the turbine driven AFW pump until 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months after 1092 psig in the steam generator. 2. Not applicable in MODE 4 when steam generator is relied upon for heat removal. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify each AFW pump starts automatically on an actual or simulated actuation signal.

18 months (continued)

AFW System

3.7.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.7-13 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.5.5 Verify proper alignment of the required AFW flow paths by verifying flow from the condensate storage tank to each steam generator.

Prior to entering MODE 2 after initial fuel loading and whenever unit has been in MODE 5 or 6 for 30 days CST 3.7.6 Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-14 (developmental)

A 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS

3.7.6 Condensate

Storage Tank (CST)

LCO 3.7.6 The CST level shall be 200,000 gal.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, and 3, MODE 4 when steam generator is relied upon for heat removal.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. CST level not within limit. A.1 Verify by administrative means OPERABILITY of ERCW backup water supply. 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months AND Once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months thereafter AND A.2 Restore CST level to within limit.

7 days B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 4, without reliance on steam generator for heat removal. 18 hours2.083333e-4 days 0.005 hours 2.97619e-5 weeks 6.849e-6 months CST 3.7.6 Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-15 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.6.1 Verify the CST level is 200,000 gal.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months CCS 3.7.7 Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-16 (developmental)

H 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS

3.7.7 Component

Cooling System (CCS)

NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- CCS Pump 1B-B aligned to CCS Train B supports an OPERABLE CCS Train B for Unit 2 only when CCS Pump 1B-B is OPERABLE and operating as verified by SR 3.7.7.5. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One CCS train inoperable. A.1 -------------NOTE------------

Enter applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.4.6, "RCS Loops-MODE 4,"

for residual heat removal loops made inoperable by CCS. ----------------------------------

Restore CCS train to OPERABLE status.

72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months

CCS 3.7.7 Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-17 (developmental)

H SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.7.1 Verify that the alternate feeder breaker to the C-S pump is open.

7 days SR 3.7.7.2 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Isolation of CCS flow to individual components does not render the CCS inoperable. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify each CCS manual, power operated, and automatic valve in the flow path servicing safety related equipment, that is not locked, sealed, or otherwise secured in position, is in the correct position.

31 days SR 3.7.7.3 Verify each CCS automatic valve in the flow path that is not locked, sealed, or otherwise secured in position, actuates to the correct position on an actual or simulated actuation signal.

18 months SR 3.7.7.4 Verify each CCS pump starts automatically on an actual or simulated actuation signal. When CCS Pump 1B-B is substituted for CCS Pump C-S to establish CCS Train B operability, SR 3.7.7.4 does not apply to CCS Pump 1B-B (See SR 3.7.7.5).

18 months SR 3.7.7.5 When CCS Pump 1B-B is substituted for CCS Pump C-S for Unit 2 CCS Train B operability, then, Verify CCS 1B-B is aligned to CCS Train B and is operating.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months ERCW 3.7.8

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-18 (developmental)

F 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS

3.7.8 Essential

Raw Cooling Water (ERCW) System

LCO 3.7.8 Two ERCW trains shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One ERCW train inoperable. A.1 ------------NOTES----------- 1. Enter applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.8.1, "AC Sources- Operating,"

for emergency diesel

generator made inoperable by ERCW. 2. Enter applicable Conditions and

Required Actions of LCO 3.4.6, "RCS Loops-MODE 4," for residual heat removal

loops made inoperable by ERCW. ----------------------------------

Restore ERCW train to OPERABLE status.

72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months ERCW 3.7.8

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-19 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.8.1 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ Isolation of ERCW flow to individual components does not render the ERCW inoperable. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify each ERCW manual, power operated, and automatic valve in the flow path servicing safety related equipment, that is not locked, sealed, or otherwise secured in position, is in the correct position.

31 days SR 3.7.8.2 Verify each ERCW automatic valve in the flow path that is not locked, sealed, or otherwise secured in position, actuates to the correct position on an actual or simulated actuation signal.

18 months SR 3.7.8.3 Verify each ERCW pump starts automatically on an actual or simulated actuation signal.

18 months

UHS 3.7.9

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-20 (developmental)

A 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS

3.7.9 Ultimate

Heat Sink (UHS)

LCO 3.7.9 The UHS shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. UHS inoperable. A.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND A.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.9.1 Verify average water temperature of UHS is 85 F. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months CREVS 3.7.10

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-21 (developmental)

F 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.10 Control Room Emergenc y Ventilation System (CREVS)

LCO 3.7.10 Two CREVS trains shall be OPERABLE.

NOTE-------------------------------------------- The control room envelope (CRE) boundary may be opened intermittently under administrative control. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One CREVS train inoperable for reasons other than Condition B. A.1 Restore CREVS train to OPERABLE status.

7 days B. One or more CREVS trains inoperable due to inoperable CRE boundary in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. B.1 Initiate action to implement mitigating actions. Immediately AND B.2 Verify mitigating actions ensure CRE occupant exposures to radiological and chemical hazards will not exceed limits and CRE occupants are protected from smoke hazards. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months AND B.3 Restore CRE boundary to OPERABLE status.

90 days (continued)

CREVS 3.7.10

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-22 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A or B not met in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. C.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND C.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months D. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met

in MODE 5 or 6, or during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies. D.1 Place OPERABLE CREVS train in emergency mode.

Immediately OR D.2 Suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.

Immediately E. Two CREVS trains inoperable in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4 due to actions taken as a result of a tornado warning. E.1 Restore one CREVS train to OPERABLE status.

8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months F. Two CREVS trains inoperable in MODE 5 or 6, or during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.

OR One or more CREVS trains inoperable due to inoperable CRE boundary in MODE 5 or 6, or during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies. F.1 Suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.

Immediately (continued)

CREVS 3.7.10

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-23 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME G. Two CREVS trains inoperable in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4 for reasons other than

Condition B or E. G.1 Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.10.1 Operate each CREVS train for 15 minutes.

31 days SR 3.7.10.2 Perform required CREVS filter testing in accordance with the Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP). In accordance with the VFTP SR 3.7.10.3 Verify each CREVS train actuates on an actual or simulated actuation signal.

18 months SR 3.7.10.4 Perform required CRE unfiltered air inleakge testing in accordance with the Control Room Envelope Habitability Program. In accordance with the Control Room Envelope Habitability Program

CREATCS 3.7.11 Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-24 (developmental)

F 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.11 Control Room Emergency Air Tem perature Control System (CREATCS)

LCO 3.7.11 Two CREATCS trains shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One CREATCS train inoperable. A.1 Restore CREATCS train to OPERABLE status.

30 days B. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months C. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met in MODE 5 or 6, or during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies. C.1 Place OPERABLE CREATCS train in operation.

Immediately OR C.2 Suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.

Immediately D. Two CREATCS trains inoperable in MODE 5 or 6, or during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies. D.1 Suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies Immediately E. Two CREATCS trains inoperable in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. E.1 Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately CREATCS 3.7.11 Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-25 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.11.1 Verify each CREATCS train has the capability to remove the assumed heat load.

18 months

ABGTS 3.7.12 Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-26 (developmental)

H 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.12 Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment System (ABGTS)

LCO 3.7.12 Two ABGTS trains shall be OPERABLE

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One ABGTS train inoperable A.1 Restore ABGTS train to OPERABLE status.

7 days B. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met. OR Two ABGTS trains inoperable. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months ABGTS 3.7.12 Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-27 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.12.1 Operate each ABGTS train for 10 continuous hours with the heaters operating.

31 days SR 3.7.12.2 Perform required ABGTS filter testing in accordance with the Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP). In accordance with the VFTP SR 3.7.12.3 Verify each ABGTS train actuates on an actual or simulated actuation signal.

18 months SR 3.7.12.4 Verify one ABGTS train can maintain a pressure between -0.25 inches and -0.5 inches water gauge with respect to atmospheric pressure during the post accident mode of operation at a flow rate 9300 cfm and 9900 cfm.

18 months on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS Fuel Storage Pool Water Level 3.7.13

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-28 (developmental)

A 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.13 Fuel Storage Pool Water Level

LCO 3.7.13 The fuel storage pool water level shall be 23 ft over the top of irradiated fuel assemblies seated in the storage racks.

APPLICABILITY: During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies in the fuel storage pool.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Fuel storage pool water level not within limit. A.1 -------------NOTE------------

LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable. ----------------------------------

Suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies in the fuel storage pool.

Immediately

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.13.1 Verify the fuel storage pool water level is 23 ft above the top of the irradiated fuel assemblies seated in the storage racks.

7 days Secondary Specific Activity 3.7.14

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-29 (developmental)

A 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.14 Secondary Specific Activity

LCO 3.7.14 The specific activity of the secondary coolant shall be 0.10 Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Specific activity not within limit. A.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND A.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.14.1 Verify the specific activity of the secondary coolant is 0.10 Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131.

31 days Spent Fuel Assembly Storage 3.7.15

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.7-30 (developmental)

A 3.7 PLANT SYSTEMS 3.7.15 Spent Fuel Assembly Storage

LCO 3.7.15 The combination of initial enrichment and burnup of each spent fuel assembly stored shall be in accordance with Specification 4.3.1.1.

APPLICABILITY: Whenever any fuel assembly is stored in the spent fuel storage pool.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Requirements of the LCO not met. A.1 ------------NOTE-------------

LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable. ----------------------------------

Initiate action to move the noncomplying fuel assembly.

Immediately

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.7.15.1 Verify by administrative means the initial enrichment and burnup of the fuel assembly is in accordance with Specification 4.3.1.1.

Prior to storing the fuel assembly.

AC Sources - Operating

3.8.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-1 (developmental)

F 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.1 AC Sources - Operating

LCO 3.8.1 The following AC electrical sources shall be OPERABLE: a. Two qualified circuits between the offsite transmission network and the onsite Class 1E AC Electrical Power Distribution System; and b. Four diesel generators (DGs) capable of supplying the onsite Class 1E AC Electrical Power Distribution System.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS --------------------------------------------------------NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- LCO 3.0.4.b is not applicable to DGs.

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One offsite circuit inoperable. A.1 Perform SR 3.8.1.1 for OPERABLE offsite circuit.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND Once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months thereafter AND A.2 Declare required feature(s) with no offsite power available inoperable when its

redundant required feature(s) is inoperable. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months from discovery of no offsite power to one train concurrent with inoperability of

redundant required feature(s) AND (continued)

AC Sources - Operating

3.8.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-2 (developmental)

F ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued) A.3 Restore offsite circuit to OPERABLE status.

72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months AND 6 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO B. One or more DG(s) in Train A inoperable.

OR One or more DG(s) in Train B inoperable. B.1 Perform SR 3.8.1.1 for the offsite circuits.

1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months AND Once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months thereafter AND B.2 Declare required feature(s) supported by the inoperable DG(s) inoperable when its required redundant feature(s) is inoperable 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months from discovery of Condition B concurrent with inoperability of

redundant required feature(s)

AND B.3.1 Determine OPERABLE DG(s) is not inoperable due to common cause failure. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months OR B.3.2 Perform SR 3.8.1.2 for OPERABLE DG(s).

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months AND (continued)

AC Sources - Operating

3.8.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-3 (developmental)

A ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. (continued) B.4 Restore required DG(s) to OPERABLE status.

72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months AND 6 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO C. Two offsite circuits inoperable. C.1 Declare required feature(s) inoperable when its redundant required feature(s) is inoperable. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months from discovery of Condition C concurrent with inoperability of

redundant required features AND C.2 Restore one offsite circuit to OPERABLE status.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months D. One offsite circuit inoperable.

AND One or more required DG(s) in Train A inoperable.

OR One or more required DG(s) in Train B inoperable. --------------------NOTE-------------------

Enter applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.8.9, "Distribution Systems-Operating,"

when Condition D is entered with no AC power source to any train. -----------------------------------------------

D.1 Restore offsite circuit to OPERABLE status.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months OR D.2 Restore required DG(s) to OPERABLE status.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months (continued)

AC Sources - Operating

3.8.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-4 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME E. One or more required DG(s) in Train A inoperable.

AND One or more required DG(s) in Train B inoperable. E.1 Restore required DGs in Train A to OPERABLE status. 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months OR E.2 Restore required DGs in Train B to OPERABLE status. 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months F. Required Action and Associated Completion Time of Condition A. B, C, D, or E not met. F.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND F.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months G. Two offsite circuits inoperable.

AND One or more required DG(s) in Train A inoperable.

OR One or more required DG(s) in Train B inoperable. G.1 Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately H. One offsite circuit inoperable.

AND One or more required DG(s) in Train A inoperable.

AND One or more required DG(s) in Train B inoperable. H.1 Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately AC Sources - Operating

3.8.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-5 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.1 Verify correct breaker alignment and indicated power availability for each offsite circuit.

7 days SR 3.8.1.2 -------------------------------NOTES---------------------------- 1. Performance of SR 3.8.1.7 satisfies this SR. 2. A modified DG start involving idling and gradual acceleration to synchronous speed may be used for this SR as recommended by the manufacturer. When modified start procedures are not used, the time, voltage, and frequency tolerances of SR 3.8.1.7 must be met. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify each DG starts from standby conditions and achieves steady state voltage 6800 V and 7260 V, and frequency 58.8 Hz and 61.2 Hz. As specified in Table 3.8.1-1 SR 3.8.1.3 -------------------------------NOTES---------------------------- 1. DG loadings may include gradual loading as recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Momentary transients outside the load range do not invalidate this test. 3. This Surveillance shall be conducted on only one DG at a time. 4. This SR shall be preceded by and immediately follow without shutdown a successful

performance of SR 3.8.1.2 or SR 3.8.1.7. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify each DG is synchronized and loaded and operates for 60 minutes at a load 3960 kW and 4400 kW. As specified in Table 3.8.1-1 SR 3.8.1.4 Verify each skid mounted day tank contains 218.5 gal of fuel oil.

31 days (continued)

AC Sources - Operating

3.8.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-6 (developmental)

H SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.5 Check for and remove accumulated water from each skid mounted day tank.

31 days SR 3.8.1.6 Verify the fuel oil transfer system operates to automatically transfer fuel oil from 7 day storage tank to the skid mounted day tank.

31 days SR 3.8.1.7 Verify each DG starts from standby condition and achieves in 10 seconds, voltage 6800 V, and frequency 58.8 Hz. Verify after DG fast start from standby conditions that the DG achieves steady state voltage 6800 V and 7260 V, and frequency 59.8 Hz and 60.0Hz. 184 days SR 3.8.1.8 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2. However, credit may be taken for unplanned events that satisfy this SR. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify automatic and manual transfer of each 6.9 kV shutdown board power supply from the normal offsite circuit to each alternate offsite circuit.

18 months (continued)

AC Sources - Operating

3.8.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-7 (developmental)

H SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.9 -------------------------------NOTES---------------------------- 1. This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2. However, credit may be taken for unplanned events that satisfy this SR. 2. If performed with the DG synchronized with offsite power, it shall be performed at a power factor 0.8 and 0.9. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify each DG rejects a load greater than or equal to its associated single largest post-accident load, and: a. Following load rejection, the frequency is 66.75 Hz; b. Within 3 seconds following load rejection, the voltage is 6555 V and 7260 V; and c. Within 4 seconds following load rejection, the frequency is 59.8 Hz and 60.0 Hz.

18 months SR 3.8.1.10 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2. However, credit may be taken for unplanned events that satisfy this SR. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify each DG operating at a power factor 0.8 and 0.9 does not trip and voltage is maintained 8880 V during and following a load rejection of 3960 kW and 4400 kW and 2970 kVAR and 3300 kVAR.

18 months (continued)

AC Sources - Operating

3.8.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-8 (developmental)

H SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.11 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. However, credit may be taken for unplanned events that satisfy this SR. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify on an actual or simulated loss of offsite power signal: a. De-energization of emergency buses;

b. Load shedding from emergency buses;

c. DG auto-starts from standby condition and: 1. energizes permanently connected loads in 10 seconds, 2. energizes auto-connected shutdown loads through automatic load sequencer, 3. maintains steady state voltage 6800 V and 7260 V, 4. maintains steady state frequency 59.8 Hz and 60.0 Hz, and 5. supplies permanently connected and auto-connected shutdown loads for 5 minutes.

18 months (continued)

AC Sources - Operating

3.8.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-9 (developmental)

H SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.12 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2. However, credit may be taken for unplanned events that satisfy this SR. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify on an actual or simulated Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) actuation signal each Unit 2 DG auto-starts from standby condition and: a. In 10 seconds after auto-start and during tests, achieves voltage 6800 V and frequency 58.8 Hz; b. After DG fast start from standby conditions the DG achieves steady state voltage 6800 V and 7260 V, and frequency 59.8 Hz and 60 Hz. c. Operates for 5 minutes; d. Permanently connected loads remain energized from the offsite power system; and e. Emergency loads are energized from the offsite power system.

18 months SR 3.8.1.13 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2. However, credit may be taken for unplanned events that satisfy this SR. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify each DG's automatic trips are bypassed on automatic or emergency start signal except: a. Engine overspeed; and b. Generator differential current 18 months (continued)

AC Sources - Operating

3.8.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-10 (developmental)

H SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.14 -------------------------------NOTES---------------------------- 1. Momentary transients outside the load and power factor ranges do not invalidate this test. 2. For performance of this test in MODE 1, 2, 3 or 4, three DGs must be maintained operable and in a standby condition. 3. Credit may be taken for unplanned events that satisfy this SR. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify each DG operating at a power factor 0.8 and 0.9 operates for 24 hour2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months s: a. For 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months loaded 4620 kW and 4840 kW and 3465 kVAR and 3630 kVAR; and b. For the remaining hours of the test loaded 3960 kW and 4400 kW and 2970 kVAR and 3300 kVAR.

18 months SR 3.8.1.15 -------------------------------NOTES---------------------------- This Surveillance shall be performed within 5 minutes of shutting down the DG after the DG has operated 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months loaded 3960 kW and 4400 kW. Momentary transients outside of load range do not invalidate this test. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify each DG starts and achieves, in 10 seconds, voltage 6800 V, and frequency 58.8 Hz. Verify after DG fast start from standby conditions that the DG achieves steady state voltage 6800 V and 7260 V, and frequency 59.8 Hz and 60.0 Hz.

18 months (continued)

AC Sources - Operating

3.8.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-11 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.16 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. However, credit may be taken for unplanned events that satisfy this SR. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify each DG: a. Synchronizes with offsite power source while loaded with emergency loads upon a simulated restoration of offsite power; b. Transfers loads to offsite power source; and

c. Returns to ready-to-load operation.

18 months SR 3.8.1.17 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. However, credit may be taken for unplanned events that satisfy this SR. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify, with each Unit 2 DG operating in test mode and connected to its bus, an actual or simulated ESF actuation signal overrides the test mode by: a. Returning DG to ready-to-load operation; and b. Automatically energizing the emergency load from offsite power.

18 months (continued)

AC Sources - Operating

3.8.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-12 (developmental)

H SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.18 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. However, credit may be taken for unplanned events that satisfy this SR. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify the time delay setting for each sequenced load block is within limits for each accident condition and non-accident condition load sequence.

18 months SR 3.8.1.19 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. However, credit may be taken for unplanned events that satisfy this SR. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Verify on an actual or simulated loss of offsite power signal in conjunction with an actual or simulated ESF actuation signal: a. De-energization of emergency buses; b. Load shedding from emergency buses; and c. DGs of the same power train auto-start from standby condition and: 1. energizes permanently connected loads in 10 seconds, 2. energizes auto-connected emergency loads through load sequencer, 3. achieves steady state voltage: 6800 V and 7260 V, 4. achieves steady state frequency 59.8 Hz and 60.0 Hz, and 5. supplies permanently connected and auto-connected emergency loads for 5 minutes.

18 months (continued)

AC Sources - Operating

3.8.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-13 (developmental)

H SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.20 Verify during idle operation that any automatic or emergency start signal disables the idle start circuitry and commands the engine to full speed.

18 months SR 3.8.1.21 Verify when started simultaneously from standby condition, each DG achieves, in 10 seconds, voltage 6800 V and frequency 58.8 Hz. Verify after DG fast start from standby conditions that the DG achieves steady state voltage 6800 V and 7260 V, and frequency 59.8 Hz and 60.0 Hz.

10 years AC Sources - Operating

3.8.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-14 (developmental)

A Table 3.8.1-1 (page 1 of 1) Diesel Generator Test Schedule NUMBER OF FAILURES IN LAST 25 VALID TESTS (a) FREQUENCY 3 31 days 4 7 days (b) (but no less than 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months )

(a) Criteria for determining number of failures and valid tests shall be in accordance with Regulatory Position C.2.1 of Regulatory Guide 1.9, Revision 3, where the number of tests and failures is determined on a per DG basis. (b) This test frequency shall be maintained until seven consecutive failure free starts from standby conditions and load and run tests have been performed. If, subsequent to the 7 failure free tests, 1 or more additional failures occur, such that there are again 4 or more failures in the last 25 tests, the testing interval shall again be reduced as noted above and maintained until 7 consecutive failure free tests have been performed.

AC Sources - Shutdown

3.8.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-15 (developmental)

B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.2 AC Sources - Shutdown

LCO 3.8.2 The following AC electrical power sources shall be OPERABLE: a. One qualified circuit between the offsite transmission network and the onsite Class 1E AC electrical power distribution subsystem(s) required by LCO 3.8.10, "Distribution Systems-Shutdown;" and b. Two diesel generators (DGs) either Train A or Train B capable of supplying one train of the onsite Class 1E AC electrical power distribution subsystem(s) required by LCO 3.8.10.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6, During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One required offsite circuit inoperable. --------------------NOTE-------------------

Enter applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.8.10, with one required train de-energized as a result of Condition A. -----------------------------------------------

A.1 Declare affected required feature(s) with no offsite power available inoperable.

Immediately OR A.2.1 Suspend CORE ALTERATIONS Immediately AND (continued)

AC Sources - Shutdown

3.8.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-16 (developmental)

A ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued) A.2.2 Suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.

Immediately AND A.2.3 Initiate action to suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions.

Immediately AND A.2.4 Initiate action to restore required offsite power circuit to OPERABLE status. Immediately B. One required DG inoperable. B.1 Suspend CORE ALTERATIONS.

Immediately AND B.2 Suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.

Immediately AND B.3 Initiate action to suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions.

Immediately AND B.4 Initiate action to restore required DG to OPERABLE status.

Immediately AC Sources - Shutdown

3.8.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-17 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.2.1 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ The following SRs are not required to be performed:

SR 3.8.1.3, SR 3.8.1.6, SR 3.8.1.9 through SR 3.8.1.16, SR 3.8.1.18 and SR 3.8.1.19. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

For AC sources required to be OPERABLE, the SRs of Specification 3.8.1, "AC Sources-Operating," except SR 3.8.1.8, SR 3.8.1.17, and SR 3.8.1.21, are applicable. In accordance with applicable SRs

Diesel Fuel Oil, Lube Oil, and Starting Air

3.8.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-18 (developmental)

A 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS

3.8.3 Diesel

Fuel Oil, Lube Oil, and Starting Air

LCO 3.8.3 The stored diesel fuel oil, lube oil, and starting air subsystem shall be within limits for each required diesel generator (DG).

APPLICABILITY: When associated DG is required to be OPERABLE.

ACTIONS

NOTE-------------------------------------------------------------

Separate Condition entry is allowed for each DG.

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more DGs with fuel level < 56,754 gal and

> 48,648 gal in storage

tank. A.1 Restore fuel oil level to within limits.

48 hours5.555556e-4 days 0.0133 hours 7.936508e-5 weeks 1.8264e-5 months B. One or more diesel engines with lube oil inventory

< 287 gal and > 267 gal. B.1 Restore lube oil inventory to within limits.

48 hours5.555556e-4 days 0.0133 hours 7.936508e-5 weeks 1.8264e-5 months C. One or more DGs with stored fuel oil total

particulates not within limit. C.1 Restore fuel oil total particulates within limit.

7 days D. One or more DGs with new fuel oil properties not within

limits. D.1 Restore stored fuel oil properties to within limits.

30 days (continued)

Diesel Fuel Oil, Lube Oil, and Starting Air

3.8.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-19 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME E. One or more DGs with starting air receiver

pressure < 190 psig and 170 psig. E.1 Restore starting air receiver pressure to 190 psig.

48 hours5.555556e-4 days 0.0133 hours 7.936508e-5 weeks 1.8264e-5 months F. Required Action and associated Completion

Time not met.

OR One or more DGs diesel fuel oil, lube oil, or starting

air subsystem not within

limits for reasons other than

Condition A, B, C, D, or E. F.1 Declare associated DG inoperable.

Immediately

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.3.1 Verify each 7 day fuel oil storage tank contains 56,754 gal of fuel.

31 days SR 3.8.3.2 Verify lubricating oil inventory is 287 gal per engine. 31 days SR 3.8.3.3 Verify fuel oil properties of new and stored fuel oil are tested in accordance with, and maintained within the

limits of, the Diesel Fuel Oil Testing Program.

In accordance with the Diesel Fuel Oil

Testing Program SR 3.8.3.4 Verify each DG air start receiver pressure is 190 psig.

31 days (continued)

Diesel Fuel Oil, Lube Oil, and Starting Air

3.8.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-20 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.3.5 Check for and remove accumulated water from each of the four interconnected tanks which constitute the

7 day fuel oil storage tank.

31 days SR 3.8.3.6 Perform a visual inspection for leaks in the exposed fuel oil system piping while the DG is running.

18 months SR 3.8.3.7 For each of the four interconnected tanks which constitute the 7 day fuel oil storage tank: a. Drain the fuel oil;

b. Remove the sediment; and

c. Clean the tank.

10 years DC Sources - Operating

3.8.4 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-21 (developmental)

H 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.4 DC Sources - Operating

LCO 3.8.4 Four channels of vital DC and four Diesel Generator (DG) DC electrical power subsystems shall be OPERABLE.

NOTES------------------------------------------- 1. Vital Battery V may be substituted for any of the required vital batteries. 2. Spare Vital Chargers 6-S, 7-S, 8-S, or 9-S may be substituted for required Vital chargers. 3. Spare DG Chargers 1A1, 1B1, 2A1, or 2B1 may be substituted for required DG chargers. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One required vital battery charger inoperable. A.1 Restore vital battery terminal voltage to greater than or equal to the minimum established float voltage.

2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months AND A.2 Verify vital battery charger float current

< 2 amps. Once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months AND A.3 Restore vital battery charger to OPERABLE status. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months (continued)

DC Sources - Operating

3.8.4 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-22 (developmental)

H ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. One required vital battery inoperable. B.1 Restore vital battery to OPERABLE status.

2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months C. One required vital DC channel inoperable for reasons other than

Condition A or B.. C.1 Restore vital DC channel to OPERABLE status 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months D. Required Action and Associated Completion Time of Condition A, B, or C not met. D.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND D.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months E. One required DG battery charger inoperable. E.1 Restore DG battery terminal voltage to greater than or equal to the minimum established float voltage.

2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months AND E.2 Verify DG battery charger float current <

2 amps. Once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months AND E.3 Restore DG battery charger to OPERABLE status. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months F. One required DG battery inoperable. F.1 Restore DG battery to OPERABLE status.

2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months (continued)

DC Sources - Operating

3.8.4 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-23 (developmental)

H ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME G. One required DG DC electrical power subsystem inoperable for reasons other than Condition E or F. G.1 Restore DG DC electrical power subsystem to OPERABLE status 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months H. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition E, F, or G

not met H.1 Declare associated DG inoperable.

Immediately

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.4.1 Verify vital battery terminal voltage is greater than or equal to the minimum established float voltage.

7 days SR 3.8.4.2 Verify DG battery terminal voltage is greater than or equal to the minimum established float voltage.

7 days SR 3.8.4.3 Verify for the vital batteries that the alternate feeder breakers to each required battery charger are open.

7 days SR 3.8.4.4 Verify correct breaker alignment and indicated power availability for each DG 125 V DC distribution panel and associated battery charger 7 days (continued)

DC Sources - Operating

3.8.4 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-24 (developmental)

H SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.4.5 Verify each vital battery charger supplies > 200 amps at greater than or equal to the minimum established float voltage for >

4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months .

OR Verify each vital battery charger can recharge the battery to the fully charged state within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months while supplying the largest combined demands of the various continuous steady state loads, after a battery discharge to the bounding design basis event discharge state.

18 months SR 3.8.4.6 Verify each DG battery charger supplies > 200 amps at greater than or equal to the minimum established float voltage for >

4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months .

OR Verify each DG battery charger can recharge the battery to the fully charged state within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months while supplying the largest combined demands of the various continuous steady state loads, after a battery discharge to the bounding design basis event discharge state.

18 months SR 3.8.4.7 -------------------------------NOTES---------------------------- 1. The modified performance discharge test in SR 3.8.4.6 may be performed in lieu of the service test in SR 3.8.4.7 once per 60 months. 2. Credit may be taken for unplanned events that satisfy this SR. --------------------------------------------------------------------- Verify battery capacity is adequate to supply, and maintain in OPERABLE status, the required emergency loads and any connected nonsafety loads for the design duty cycle when subjected to a battery service test.

18 months

DC Sources - Shutdown

3.8.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-25 (developmental)

H 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.5 DC Sources - Shutdown

LCO 3.8.5 Vital DC and Diesel Generator (DG) DC electrical power subsystems shall be OPERABLE to support the DC electrical power distribution subsystem(s) required by LCO 3.8.10, "Distribution Systems - Shutdown" and to support the Diesel Generators (DGs) required by LCO 3.8.2, "AC

Sources - Shutdown."

NOTES------------------------------------------ 1. Vital Battery V may be substituted for any of the required vital batteries. 2. Spare vital chargers 6-S, 7-S, 8-S, or 9-S may be substituted for required vital chargers. 3. Spare DG chargers 1A1, 1B1, 2A1, or 2B1 may be substituted for required DG chargers. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6, During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more required vital DC electrical power subsystems inoperable. A.1.1 Declare affected required feature(s) inoperable.

Immediately OR A.2.1 Suspend CORE ALTERATIONS.

Immediately AND (continued)

DC Sources - Shutdown

3.8.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-26 (developmental)

H ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued) A.2.2 Suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.

Immediately AND A.2.3 Initiate action to suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions.

Immediately AND A.2.4 Initiate action to restore required vital DC electrical power subsystems to OPERABLE status.

Immediately B. One or more required DG DC electrical power subsystems inoperable. B.1 Declare associated DG inoperable.

Immediately

DC Sources - Shutdown

3.8.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-27 (developmental)

H SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.5.1 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------ The following SRs are not required to be performed:

SR 3.8.4.5, SR 3.8.4.6, and SR 3.8.4.7. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

For DC sources required to be OPERABLE, the following SRs are applicable:

SR 3.8.4.1 SR 3.8.4.2 SR 3.8.4.3 SR 3.8.4.4 SR 3.8.4.5 SR 3.8.4.6 SR 3.8.4.7 In accordance with applicable SRs

Battery Parameters

3.8.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-28 (developmental)

H 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS

3.8.6 Battery

Parameters

LCO 3.8.6 Battery parameters for 125 V vital batteries and 125 V diesel generator (DG) batteries shall be within the limits.

APPLICABILITY: When associated DC electrical power subsystems and DGs are required to be OPERABLE.

ACTIONS --------------------------------------------------------NOTE------------------------------------------------------------- Separate Condition entry is allowed for each battery. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One required vital battery with one or more battery cells float voltage < 2.07 V. A.1 Perform SR 3.8.4.1. 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months AND A.2 Perform SR 3.8.6.1. 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months AND A.3 Restore affected cell float voltage > 2.07 V. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months B. One required vital battery with float current > 2 amps. B.1 Perform SR 3.8.4.1. 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months AND B.2 Restore vital battery float current to < 2 amps.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months (continued)

Battery Parameters

3.8.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-29 (developmental)

H ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. One required DG battery with one or more battery cells float voltage < 2.07 V. C.1 Perform SR 3.8.4.2. 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months AND C.2 Perform SR 3.8.6.2. 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months AND C.3 Restore affected cell float voltage > 2.07 V. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months D. One required DG battery with float current > 1 amp. D.1 Perform SR 3.8.4.2. 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months AND D.2 Restore DG battery float current to < 2 amps.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months ----------------NOTE------------------

Required Action E.2 shall be completed if electrolyte level was below the top of plates.

--------------------NOTE-------------------- Required Actions E.1 and E.2 are only applicable if electrolyte level was below the top of plates. ------------------------------------------------

E. One required battery with one or more cells with electrolyte level less than minimum established

design limits. E.1 Restore electrolyte levels to above top of plates.

8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months AND E.2 Verify no evidence of leakage. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months AND E.3 Restore electrolyte level to greater than or equal to minimum established

design limits.

31 days (continued)

Battery Parameters

3.8.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-30 (developmental)

H ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME F. One required battery with pilot cell electrolyte temperature less than minimum established design limits. F.1 Restore battery pilot cell temperature to greater than or equal to minimum established design limits.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months G. More than one required vital batteries with battery parameters not within limits.

OR More than one required DG batteries with battery parameters not within limits. G.1 Restore battery parameters to within limits. 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months H. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A, B, C, D, E, F, or G not met.

OR One required vital battery with one or more battery cells float voltage < 2.07 V and float current > 2 amps.

OR One required DG battery with one or more battery cells float voltage < 2.07 V and float current > 2 amps. H.1 Declare associate battery inoperable Immediately Battery Parameters

3.8.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-31 (developmental)

H SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.6.1 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------- Not required to be met when vital battery terminal voltage is less than the minimum established float

voltage of SR 3.8.4.1.

Verify each vital battery float current is < 2 amps. 7 days SR 3.8.6.2 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------- Not required to be met when DG battery terminal voltage is less than the minimum established float

voltage of SR 3.8.4.2.

Verify each DG battery float current is < 1 amp. 7 days SR 3.8.6.3 Verify each required vital and DG battery pilot cell float voltage is > 2.07 V. 31 days SR 3.8.6.4 Verify each required vital and DG battery connected cell electrolyte level is greater than or equal to minimum established design limits.

31 days SR 3.8.6.5 Verify each required vital and DG battery pilot cell temperature is greater than or equal to minimum established design limits.

31 days SR 3.8.6.6 Verify each required vital and DG battery connected cell float voltage is > 2.07 V. 92 days (continued)

Battery Parameters

3.8.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-32 (developmental)

H SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.6.7 -------------------------------NOTE------------------------------- Credit may be taken for unplanned events that satisfy this SR.

Verify battery capacity is > 80% of the manufacturer's rating when subjected to a performance discharge test or a modified performance discharge test.

60 months AND 12 months when battery shows degradation, or has reached 85% of the expected life with capacity < 100% of

manufacturer's rating AND 24 months when battery has reached 85% of the expected life with capacity

> 100% of manufacturer's

rating Inverters - Operating

3.8.7 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-33 (developmental)

B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS

3.8.7 Inverters

- Operating

LCO 3.8.7 Two inverters in each of four channels shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One inverter in one channel inoperable. A.1 -------------NOTE------------

Enter applicable Conditions and Required Actions of LCO 3.8.9, "Distribution Systems-

Operating", with any AC Vital Bus deenergized. ----------------------------------

Restore inverter to OPERABLE status.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months B. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months Inverters - Operating

3.8.7 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-34 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.7.1 Verify correct inverter voltage, frequency, and alignment to required AC vital bus and from associated vital battery board and 480 V shutdown

board. 7 days Inverters - Shutdown

3.8.8 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-35 (developmental)

A 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS

3.8.8 Inverters

- Shutdown

LCO 3.8.8 Inverters shall be OPERABLE to support the onsite Class 1E AC vital bus electrical power distribution subsystem(s) required by LCO 3.8.10, "Distribution Systems - Shutdown."

APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6, During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more required inverter channels inoperable. A.1 Declare affected required feature(s) inoperable.

Immediately OR A.2.1 Suspend CORE ALTERATIONS.

Immediately AND A.2.2 Suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.

Immediately AND A.2.3 Initiate action to suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions Immediately AND A.2.4 Initiate action to restore required inverters to OPERABLE status Immediately Inverters - Shutdown

3.8.8 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-36 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.8.1 Verify correct inverter voltage, frequency, and alignments to required AC vital bus and from associated vital battery board and 480 V shutdown

board. 7 days Distribution Systems - Operating

3.8.9 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-37 (developmental)

A 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS

3.8.9 Distribution

Systems - Operating

LCO 3.8.9 Train A and Train B AC, four channels of vital DC, and four channels of AC vital bus electrical power distribution subsystems shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more AC electrical power distribution subsystems inoperable. A.1 Restore AC electrical power distribution subsystem to OPERABLE status.

8 hours9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months AND 16 hours1.851852e-4 days 0.00444 hours 2.645503e-5 weeks 6.088e-6 months from discovery of failure to

meet LCO B. One or more AC vital buses in one channel inoperable. B.1 Restore AC vital bus(es) to OPERABLE status.

2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months AND 16 hours1.851852e-4 days 0.00444 hours 2.645503e-5 weeks 6.088e-6 months from discovery of failure to

meet LCO C. One or more vital DC electrical power distribution buses inoperable. C.1 Restore DC electrical power distribution bus to OPERABLE status.

2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months AND 16 hours1.851852e-4 days 0.00444 hours 2.645503e-5 weeks 6.088e-6 months from discovery of failure to meet LCO (continued)

Distribution Systems - Operating

3.8.9 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.8-38 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME D. Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. D.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours6.944444e-5 days 0.00167 hours 9.920635e-6 weeks 2.283e-6 months AND D.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours4.166667e-4 days 0.01 hours 5.952381e-5 weeks 1.3698e-5 months E. Two trains with one or more inoperable distribution subsystems that result in a loss of safety function. E.1 Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.9.1 Verify correct breaker alignments and voltage to required AC, vital DC, and AC vital bus electrical power distribution subsystems.

7 days Distribution Systems - Shutdown 3.8.10

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.8-39 (developmental)

A 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.10 Distribution Systems - Shutdown

LCO 3.8.10 The necessary portion of AC, vital DC, and AC vital bus electrical power distribution subsystems shall be OPERABLE to support equipment required to be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6, During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more required AC, vital DC, or AC vital bus electrical power distribution subsystems inoperable. A.1 Declare associated supported required feature(s) inoperable.

Immediately OR A.2.1 Suspend CORE ALTERATIONS.

Immediately AND A.2.2 Suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.

Immediately AND A.2.3 Initiate action to suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions.

Immediately AND (continued)

Distribution Systems - Shutdown 3.8.10

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.8-40 (developmental)

A ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued) A.2.4 Initiate actions to restore required AC, vital DC, and AC vital bus electrical

power distribution subsystems to OPERABLE status.

Immediately AND A.2.5 Declare associated required residual heat removal subsystem(s) inoperable and not in operation.

Immediately

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.10.1 Verify correct breaker alignments and voltage to required AC, vital DC, and AC vital bus electrical power distribution subsystems.

7 days Boron Concentration

3.9.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.9-1 (developmental)

F 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS

3.9.1 Boron

Concentration

LCO 3.9.1 Boron concentrations of the Reactor Coolant System, the refueling canal, and the refueling cavity shall be maintained within the limit specified in the COLR.

APPLICABILITY: Mode 6.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Boron concentration not within limit. A.1 Suspend CORE ALTERATIONS.

Immediately AND A.2 Suspend positive reactivity additions.

Immediately AND A.3 Initiate action to restore boron concentration to within limit.

Immediately SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.9.1.1 Verify boron concentration is within the limit specified in COLR. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months Unborated Water Source Isolation Valves

3.9.2 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.9-2 (developmental)

F 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS

3.9.2 Unborated

Water Source Isolation Valves

LCO 3.9.2 Each valve used to isolate unborated water sources shall be secured in the closed position.

APPLICABILITY: Mode 6.

ACTIONS ---------------------------------------------------------NOTE------------------------------------------------------------ Separate Condition entry is allowed for each unborated water source isolation valve. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. --------------NOTE--------------

Required Action A.3 must be completed whenever Condition A is entered. ----------------------------------

One or more valves not secured in closed position. A.1 Suspend CORE ALTERATIONS.

Immediately AND A.2 Initiate action to secure valve in closed position.

Immediately AND A.3 Perform SR 3.9.1.1. 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.9.2.1 Verify each valve that isolates unborated water sources is secured in the closed position.

31 days Nuclear Instrumentation

3.9.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.9-3 (developmental)

F 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS

3.9.3 Nuclear

Instrumentation

LCO 3.9.3 Two source range neutron flux monitors shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY: Mode 6.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One required source range neutron flux monitor inoperable. A.1 Suspend CORE ALTERATIONS.

Immediately AND A.2 Suspend positive reactivity additions.

Immediately B. Two required source range neutron flux monitors inoperable. B.1 Initiate action to restore one source range neutron flux monitor to OPERABLE status.

Immediately AND B.2 Perform SR 3.9.1.1. 4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months AND Once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months thereafter Nuclear Instrumentation

3.9.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.9-4 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.9.3.1 Perform CHANNEL CHECK. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.9.3.2 ------------------------------NOTE------------------------------- Neutron detectors are excluded from CHANNEL CALIBRATION. ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION. 18 months

THIS SECTION NOT USED

3.9.4 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.9-5 (developmental)

H 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS 3.9.4 THIS SECTION NOT USED

RHR and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level

3.9.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.9-6 (developmental)

A 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS

3.9.5 Residual

Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level

LCO 3.9.5 One RHR loop shall be OPERABLE and in operation.

NOTE-------------------------------------------- The required RHR loop may be removed from operation for 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months per 8 hour9.259259e-5 days 0.00222 hours 1.322751e-5 weeks 3.044e-6 months period, provided no operations are permitted that would cause reduction of the Reactor Coolant System boron concentration. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

APPLICABILITY: MODE 6 with the water level 23 ft above the top of reactor vessel flange.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. RHR loop requirements not met. A.1 Suspend operations involving a reduction in reactor coolant boron concentration.

Immediately AND A.2 Suspend loading irradiated fuel assemblies in the core.

Immediately AND A.3 Initiate action to satisfy RHR loop requirements.

Immediately AND (continued)

RHR and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level

3.9.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.9-7 (developmental)

A ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued) A.4 Close all containment penetrations providing direct access from

containment atmosphere to outside atmosphere.

4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.9.5.1 Verify one RHR loop is in operation and circulating reactor coolant at a flow rate of 2500 gpm.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months RHR and Coolant Circulation - Low Water Level

3.9.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.9-8 (developmental)

A 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS

3.9.6 Residual

Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - Low Water Level

LCO 3.9.6 Two RHR loops shall be OPERABLE, and one RHR loop shall be in operation.

APPLICABILITY: MODE 6 with the water level < 23 ft above the top of reactor vessel flange.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Less than the required number of RHR loops OPERABLE. A.1 Initiate action to restore required RHR loops to OPERABLE status.

Immediately AND A.2 Initiate action to establish 23 ft of water above the top of reactor vessel flange. Immediately (continued)

RHR and Coolant Circulation - Low Water Level

3.9.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.9-9 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. No RHR loop in operation. B.1 Suspend operations involving a reduction in reactor coolant boron concentration.

Immediately AND B.2 Initiate action to restore one RHR loop to operation.

Immediately AND B.3 Close all containment penetrations providing direct access from containment atmosphere to outside atmosphere.

4 hours4.62963e-5 days 0.00111 hours 6.613757e-6 weeks 1.522e-6 months SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.9.6.1 Verify one RHR loop is in operation and circulating reactor coolant at a flow rate of 2000 gpm.

12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months SR 3.9.6.2 Verify correct breaker alignment and indicated power available to the required RHR pump that is not in operation.

7 days Refueling Cavity Water Level

3.9.7 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.9-10 (developmental)

A 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS

3.9.7 Refueling

Cavity Water Level

LCO 3.9.7 Refueling cavity water level shall be maintained 23 ft above the top of reactor vessel flange.

APPLICABILITY: During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Refueling cavity water level not within limit. A.1 Suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment.

Immediately AND A.2 Initiate action to restore refueling cavity water level to within limit.

Immediately SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.9.7.1 Verify refueling cavity water level is 23 ft above the top of reactor vessel flange.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months THIS SECTION NOT USED

3.9.8 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.9-11 (developmental)

H 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS 3.9.8 THIS SECTION NOT USED

Spent Fuel Pool Boron Concentration

3.9.9 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 3.9-12 (developmental)

A 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS

3.9.9 Spent

Fuel Pool Boron Concentration

LCO 3.9.9 Boron concentration of the spent fuel pool shall be 2000 ppm.

APPLICABILITY: During fuel movement in the flooded spent fuel pool.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Boron concentration not within limit. A.1 Suspend fuel movement. Immediately

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.9.9.1 Verify boron concentration in the spent fuel pool is 2000 ppm.

Prior to movement of fuel in the spent fuel pool AND 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months thereafter

Decay Time 3.9.10

Watts Bar - Unit 2 3.9-13 (developmental)

H 3.9 REFUELING OPERATIONS 3.9.10 Decay Time

LCO 3.9.10 The reactor shall be subcritical for > 100 hours0.00116 days 0.0278 hours 1.653439e-4 weeks 3.805e-5 months .

APPLICABILITY: During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment.

ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Reactor subcritical for

< 100 hours0.00116 days 0.0278 hours 1.653439e-4 weeks 3.805e-5 months . A.1 Suspend all operations involving movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment.

Immediately

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.9.10.1 Verify the reactor has been subcritical for

> 100 hours0.00116 days 0.0278 hours 1.653439e-4 weeks 3.805e-5 months by confirming the date and time of subcriticality.

Prior to movement of irradiated fuel in the reactor vessel.

Design Features 4.0 (continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 4.0-1 (developmental)

C 4.0 DESIGN FEATURES 4.1 Site 4.1.1 Site and Exclusion Area Boundaries The site and exclusion area boundaries shall be as shown in Figure 4.1-1. 4.1.2 Low Population Zone (LPZ)

The LPZ shall be as shown in Figure 4.1-2 (within the 3-mile circle).

4.2 Reactor

Core

4.2.1 Fuel Assemblies The reactor shall contain 193 fuel assemblies. Each assembly shall consist of a matrix of Zirlo fuel rods with an initial composition of natural or slightly enriched uranium dioxide (UO

2) as fuel material. Limited substitutions of zirconium alloy or stainless steel filler rods for fuel rods, in accordance with approved applications of fuel rod configurations, may be used. Fuel assemblies shall be limited to those fuel designs that have been analyzed with applicable NRC staff approved codes and methods and shown by tests or analyses to comply with all fuel safety design bases. A limited number of lead test assemblies that have not completed representative testing may be placed in nonlimiting core regions. 4.2.2 Control Rod Assemblies The reactor core shall contain 57 control rod assemblies. The control material shall be silver indium cadmium as approved by the NRC.

Design Features 4.0

4.0 DESIGN

FEATURES (continued)

(continued) Watts Bar - Unit 2 4.0-2 (developmental)

H 4.3 Fuel Storage

4.3.1 Criticality

4.3.1.1 The spent fuel storage racks (shown in Figure 4.3-1) are designed and shall be maintained with:

a. Fuel assemblies having a maximum U-235 enrichment of

5.0 weight

percent (wt%);

b. k eff < 0.95 if fully flooded with unborated water, which, includes an allowance for uncertainties as described in Sections 4.3.2.7 and 9.1 of the FSAR;

c. Distances between fuel assemblies are a nominal 10.375 inch center-to-center spacing in the twenty-four flux trap rack modules.

d. Fuel assemblies with initial enrichments less than a maximum of 5 wt% U-235 enrichment (nominally 4.95 0.05 wt% U-235) may be stored in the spent fuel racks in any one of four arrangements with specific limits as identified below:

1. Fuel assemblies may be stored in the racks in an all cell arrangement provided the burnup of each assembly is in the acceptable domain identified in Figure 4.3-3, depending upon the specified initial enrichment.

2. New and spent fuel assemblies may be stored in a checkerboard arrangement of 2 new and 2 spent assemblies, provided that each spent fuel assembly has accumulated a minimum burnup in the acceptable domain identified in Figure 4.3-4.

3. New fuel assemblies may be stored in 4-cell arrays with 1 of the 4 cells remaining empty of fuel (i.e. containing only water or water with up to 75 percent by volume of non-fuel bearing material.

Design Features 4.0 4.0 DESIGN FEATURES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 4.0-3 (developmental)

A 4.3 Fuel Storage (continued)

4. New fuel assemblies with a minimum of 32 integral fuel burnable absorber (IFBA) rods may be stored without further restriction, provided the loading of ZrB 2 in the coating of each IFBA rod is minimum of 1.25x (1.9625mg/in).

A water cell is less reactive than any cell containing fuel and therefore a water cell may be used at any location in the loading arrangements.

A water cell is defined as a cell containing water or non-fissile material with no more than 75 percent of the water displaced.

4.3.1.2 The new fuel storage racks are designed and shall be maintained with: a. Fuel assemblies having a maximum enrichment of 5.0 weight percent U-235 and shall be maintained with the arrangement of 120 storage locations shown in Figure 4.3-2;

b. k eff 0.95 if fully flooded with unborated water, which includes an allowance for uncertainties as described in Section 9.1 of the FSAR; c. k eff 0.98 if moderated by aqueous foam, which includes an allowance for uncertainties as described in Section 9.1 of the FSAR; and d. A nominal 21-inch center to center distance between fuel assemblies placed in the storage racks.

4.3.2 Drainage

The spent fuel storage pool is designed and shall be maintained to prevent inadvertent draining of the pool below Elevation 747 feet - 1 1/2 inches. 4.3.3 Capacity The spent fuel storage pool is designed and shall be maintained with a storage capacity limited to no more than 1386 fuel assemblies in 24 flux trap rack modules.

Design Features 4.0 (continued) Watts Bar - Unit 2 4.0-4 (developmental)

A FIGURE 4.1-1 (PAGE 1 OF 1) SITE AND EXCLUSION AREA BOUNDARIES

Design Features 4.0 (continued) Watts Bar - Unit 2 4.0-5 (developmental)

A

FIGURE 4.1-2 (PAGE 1 OF 1) LOW POPULATION ZONE Design Features 4.0 (continued) Watts Bar - Unit 2 4.0-6 (developmental)

A FLUX TRAP RACK, TYPICALFUEL CASK LOADING PITFIGURE 4.3-1SPENT FUEL STORAGE RACKSPLANSPENT FUEL POOLSOUTH WALLWEST WALL Design Features 4.0 (continued) Watts Bar - Unit 2 4.0-7 (developmental)

A FIGURE 4.3-2 NEW FUEL STORAGE RACK LOADING PATTERN Design Features 4.0 (continued) Watts Bar - Unit 2 4.0-8 (developmental)

H FIGURE 4.3-3 MINIMUM REQUIRED BURNUP FOR UNRESTRICTED STORAGE OF FUEL OF VARIOUS INITIAL ENRICHMENTS ACCEPTABLEBURNUP DOMAINUNACCEPTABLEBURNUP DOMAINInitial Enrichment wt% U-235Burnup, MWD/kgUACCEPTABLEBURNUP DOMAINUNACCEPTABLEBURNUP DOMAINInitial Enrichment wt% U-235Burnup, MWD/kgU Design Features

4.0 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 4.0-9 (developmental)

H FIGURE 4.3-4 MINIMUM REQUIRED BURNUP FOR A CHECKERBOARD ARRANGEMENT OF 2 SPENT AND 2 NEW FUEL ASSEMBLIES OF 5 wt% U-235 ENRICHMENT (MAXIMUM)

ACCEPTABLEBURNUP DOMAINUNACCEPTABLEBURNUP DOMAINInitial Enrichment wt% U-235Burnup, MWD/kgUACCEPTABLEBURNUP DOMAINUNACCEPTABLEBURNUP DOMAINInitial Enrichment wt% U-235Burnup, MWD/kgU Responsibility

5.1 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 5.0-1 (developmental)

A 5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS

5.1 Responsibility

5.1.1 The Site Vice-President shall be responsible for overall activities of the site, while the Plant Manager shall be responsible for overall unit operation. The Site Vice-President and the Plant Manager shall delegate in writing the succession to this responsibility during his absence. The Plant Manager or his designee shall appr ove, prior to implementation, each proposed test, experiment or modification to systems or equipment that affect nuclear safety. 5.1.2 The Shift Manager (SM) shall be responsible for the control room command function. During any absence of the SM from the control room while the unit is in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4, an individual with an active Senior Reactor Operator (SRO) license shall be designated to assume the control room command function. During any absence of the SM from the control room while the unit is in MODE 5 or 6, an individual with an active SRO license or Reactor Operator license shall be designated to assume the control room command function.

Organization 5.2 (continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 5.0-2 (developmental)

A 5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS

5.2 Organization

5.2.1 Onsite

and Offsite Organizations Onsite and offsite organizations shall be established for unit operation and corporate management, respectively. The onsite and offsite organizations shall include the positions for activities affecting safety of the nuclear power plant. a. Lines of authority, responsibility, and communication shall be defined and established throughout highest management levels, intermediate levels, and all operating organization positions. These relationships shall be documented and updated, as appropriate, in organization charts, functional descriptions of departmental responsibilities and relationships, and job descriptions for key personnel positions, or in equivalent forms of documentation. These requirements shall be documented in the Nuclear Power Organization Topical Report (TVA-NPOD 89-A); b. The Plant Manager shall be responsible for overall safe operation of the plant and shall have control over those onsite activities necessary for safe operation and maintenance of the plant; c. The Site Vice-President shall have responsibility for overall plant nuclear safety and shall take any measures needed to ensure acceptable performance of the staff in operating, maintaining, and providing technical support to the plant to ensure nuclear safety; and d. The individuals who train the operating staff, carry out radiological controls, or perform quality assurance functions may report to the appropriate onsite manager; however, these individuals shall have sufficient organizational freedom to ensure their independence from operating pressures.

Organization 5.2

5.2 Organization

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 5.0-3 (developmental)

B 5.2.2 Unit Staff The unit staff organization shall include the following:

a. A non-licensed operator shall be assigned to each reactor containing fuel and an additional non-licensed operator shall be assigned for each control room from which a reactor is being operated in MODES 1, 2, 3, or 4. b. The shift crew composition may be less than the minimum requirements of 10 CFR 50.54(m)(2)(i) and Specifications 5.2.2.a and 5.2.2.f for a period of time not to exceed 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months in order to accommodate unexpected absences of on-duty shift crew members provided immediate action is taken to restore the shift crew composition to within the minimum requirements. c. A radiological controls technician shall be on site when fuel is in the reactor. The position may be vacant for not more than 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months , in order to provide for unexpected absence, provided immediate action is taken to fill the required position. d. Deleted e. The Operations Superintendent shall have a valid SRO license on this unit. f. An individual shall provide advisory technical support to the unit operations shift crew in the areas of thermal hydraulics, reactor engineering, and plant analysis with regard to the safe operation of the unit. This individual shall meet the qualifications specified by the Commission Policy Statement on Engineering Expertise on shift (Generic Letter 86-04 dated 02/13/86).

Unit Staff Qualifications

5.3 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 5.0-4 (developmental)

A 5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS

5.3 Unit Staff Qualifications 5.3.1 Each member of the unit staff shall meet or exceed the minimum qualifications for comparable positions, as specified in TVA Nuclear Quality Assurance Plan (TVA-NQA-PLN89-A). 5.3.2 For the purpose of 10 CFR 55.4, a licensed Senior Reactor Operator (SRO) and a licensed Reactor Operator (RO) are those individuals who, in addition to meeting the requirements of TS 5.3.1, perform the functions described in 10 CFR 50.54 (m).

Training 5.4 Watts Bar - Unit 2 5.0-5 (developmental)

A 5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS

5.4 Training

(removed from Technical Specifications)

Reviews and Audits

5.5 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 5.0-6 (developmental)

A 5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS

5.5 Reviews

and Audits (removed from Technical Specifications)

TS Bases Control Program

5.6 Watts

Bar - Unit 2 5.0-7 (developmental)

A 5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS

5.6 Technical

Specifications (TS) Bases Control Program This Program provides a means for processing changes to the Bases of these Technical Specifications. 5.6.1 Changes to the Bases of the TS shall be made under appropriate administrative controls and reviews. 5.6.2 Licensees may make changes to Bases without prior NRC approval provided the changes do not require either of the following: a. A change in the TS incorporated in the license; or b. A change to the updated FSAR or Bases that requires NRC approval pursuant to 10 CFR 50.59. 5.6.3 The Bases Control Program shall contain provisions to ensure that the Bases are maintained consistent with the FSAR. 5.6.4 Proposed changes that meet the criteria of Specification 5.6.2 shall be reviewed and approved by the NRC prior to implementation. Changes to the Bases implemented without prior NRC approval shall be provided to the NRC on a frequency consistent with 10 CFR 50.71(e).

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 (continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 5.0-8 (developmental)

A 5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals

5.7.1 Procedures

5.7.1.1 Scope Written procedures shall be established, implemented, and maintained covering the following activities: a. The applicable procedures recommended in Regulatory Guide 1.33, Revision 2, Appendix A, February 1978; b. The emergency operating procedures required to implement the requirements of NUREG-0737 and NUREG-0737, Supplement 1 (Generic Letter 82-33); c. Quality assurance for effluent and environmental monitoring;

d. Fire Protection Program implementation; and

e. All programs specified in Specification 5.7.2. 5.7.1.2 Review and Approval (removed from Technical Specifications) 5.7.1.3 Temporarily Approved Changes (removed from Technical Specifications)

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 5.0-9 (developmental)

A 5.7.2 Programs and Manuals The following programs shall be established, implemented, and maintained.

5.7.2.1 (removed from Technical Specifications) 5.7.2.2 (removed from Technical Specifications) 5.7.2.3 Offsite Dose Calculation Manual (ODCM) a. The ODCM shall contain the methodology and parameters used in the calculation of offsite doses resulting from radioactive gaseous and liquid effluents, in the calculation of gaseous and liquid effluent monitoring alarm and trip setpoints, and in the conduct of the radiological environmental monitoring program; and b. The ODCM shall also contain the radioactive effluent controls and radiological environmental monitoring activities, and descriptions of the information that should be included in the Annual Radiological Environmental Operating and Radioactive Effluent Release Reports required by Specifications 5.9.2 and 5.9.3. Licensee initiated changes to the ODCM: a. Shall be documented and records of reviews performed shall be retained. This documentation shall contain: 1. sufficient information to support the change(s) together with the appropriate analyses or evaluations justifying the change(s), 2. a determination that the change(s) maintain the levels of radioactive effluent control required by 10 CFR 20.1302, 40 CFR 190, 10 CFR 50.36a, and 10 CFR 50, Appendix I, and not adversely impact the accuracy or reliability of effluent, dose, or setpoint calculations; b. Shall become effective after the approval of the Plant Manager; and

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals (continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 5.0-10 (developmental)

A 5.7.2.3 Offsite Dose Calculation Manual (ODCM) (continued) c. Shall be submitted to the NRC in the form of a complete, legible copy of the entire ODCM as a part of or concurrent with the Radioactive Effluent Release Report for the period of the report in which any change in the ODCM was made. Each change shall be identified by markings in the margin of the affected pages, clearly indicating the area of the page that was changed, and shall indicate the date (i.e., month and year) the change was implemented. 5.7.2.4 Primary Coolant Sources Outside Containment This program provides controls to minimize leakage from those portions of systems outside containment that could contain highly radioactive fluids during a serious transient or accident to levels as low as practicable. The systems include Containment Spray, Safety Injection, Residual Heat Removal, Chemical and Volume Control, Reactor Coolant System Sampling, and Waste Gas. The program shall include the following: a. Preventive maintenance and periodic visual inspection requirements; and b. Integrated leak test requirements for each system at least once per 18 months.

The provisions of SR 3.0.2 are applicable. 5.7.2.5 (removed from Technical Specifications) 5.7.2.6 (removed from Technical Specifications)

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals (continued)

(continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 5.0-11 (developmental)

A 5.7.2.7 Radioactive Effluent Controls Program This program conforms to 10 CFR 50.36a for the control of radioactive effluents and for maintaining the doses to members of the public from radioactive effluents as low as reasonably achievable.

The program shall be contained in the ODCM, shall be implemented by procedures, and shall include remedial actions to be taken whenever the program limits are exceeded. The program shall include the following elements: a. Limitations on the functional capability of radioactive liquid and gaseous monitoring instrumentation including surveillance tests and setpoint determination in accordance with the methodology in the ODCM; b. Limitations on the concentrations of radioactive material released in liquid effluents to unrestricted areas, conforming to 10 times the concentration values in 10 CFR 20.1001-20.2402, Appendix B, Table 2, Column 2; c. Monitoring, sampling, and analysis of radioactive liquid and gaseous effluents in accordance with 10 CFR 20.1302 and with the methodology and parameters in the ODCM; d. Limitations on the annual and quarterly doses or dose commitment to a member of the public from radioactive materials in liquid effluents released from each unit to unrestricted areas, conforming to 10 CFR 50, Appendix I; e. Determination of cumulative dose contributions from radioactive effluents for the current calendar quarter and current calendar year in accordance with the methodology and parameters in the ODCM at least every 31 days. Determination of projected dose contributions from radioactive effluents in accordance with the methodology in the ODCM at least every 31 days; f. Limitations on the functional capability and use of the liquid and gaseous effluent treatment systems to ensure that appropriate portions of these systems are used to reduce releases of radioactivity when the projected doses in a period of 31 days would exceed 2% of the guidelines for the annual dose or dose commitment, conforming to 10 CFR 50, Appendix I;

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals (continued)

(continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 5.0-12 (developmental)

A 5.7.2.7 Radioactive Effluent Controls Program (continued) g. Limitations on the dose rate resulting from radioactive material released in gaseous effluents from the site to areas at or beyond the site boundary shall be in accordance with the following: 1. For noble gases: a dose rate 500 mrem/yr to the whole body and a dose rate 3000 mrem/yr to the skin, and 2. For idodine-131, idodine-133, tritium, and all radionuclides in particulate form with halflives greater than 8 days: a dose rate 1500 mrem/yr to any organ. h. Limitations on the annual and quarterly air doses resulting from noble gases released in gaseous effluents from each unit to areas beyond the site boundary, conforming to 10 CFR 50, Appendix I; i. Limitations on the annual and quarterly doses to a member of the public from iodine-131, iodine-133, tritium, and all radionuclides in particulate form with half lives > 8 days in gaseous effluents released from each unit to areas beyond the site boundary, conforming to 10 CFR 50, Appendix I; and j. Limitations on the annual dose or dose commitment to any member of the public, beyond the site boundary, due to releases of radioactivity and to radiation from uranium fuel cycle sources, conforming to 40 CFR 190.

The provisions of SR 3.0.2 and SR 3.0.3 are applicable to the Radioactive Effluent Controls Program surveillance frequency. 5.7.2.8 (removed from Technical Specifications) 5.7.2.9 Component Cyclic or Transient Limit This program provides controls to track the FSAR, Section 5.2.1.5, cyclic and transient occurrences to ensure that components are maintained within the design limits.

5.7.2.10 Reactor Coolant Pump Flywheel Inspection Program This program shall provide for the inspection of each reactor coolant pump flywheel per the recommendations of Regulation Position c.4.b of Regulatory Guide 1.14, Revision 1, August 1975. 5.7.2.11 Inservice Testing Program Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals (continued)

(continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 5.0-13 (developmental)

A This program provides controls for inservice testing of ASME Code Class 1, 2, and 3 components. The program shall include the following: a. Testing frequencies applicable to the ASME Code for Operations and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plants (ASME OM Code) and applicable Addenda as follows:

ASME OM Code and applicable Addenda terminology for inservice testing activities Required Frequencies for performing inservice testing activities Weekly At least once per 7 days Monthly At least once per 31 days Quarterly or every 3 months At least once per 92 days Semiannually or every 6 months At least once per 184 days Every 9 months At least once per 276 days Yearly or annually At least once per 366 days Biennially or every 2 years At least once per 731 days

b. The provisions of SR 3.0.2 are applicable to the above required Frequencies and other normal and accelerated Frequencies specified as 2 years or less in the Inservice Testing Program for performing inservice testing activities; c. The provisions of SR 3.0.3 are applicable to inservice testing activities; and d. Nothing in the ASME OM Code shall be construed to supersede the requirements of any TS.

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-14 (developmental)

G 5.7.2.12 Steam Generator (SG) Program A Steam Generator Program shall be established and implemented to ensure that SG tube integrity is maintained. In addition, the Steam Generator Program shall include the following:

a. Provisions for condition monitoring assessments. Condition monitoring assessment means an evaluation of the "as found" condition of the tubing with respect to the performance criteria for structural integrity and accident induced leakage. The "as found" condition refers to the condition of the tubing during an SG inspection outage, as determined from the inservice inspection results or by other means, prior to the plugging or repair of tubes.

Condition monitoring assessments shall be conducted during each outage during which the SG tubes are inspected or plugged, to confirm that the performance criteria are being met.

b. Performance criteria for SG tube integrity. SG tube integrity shall be maintained by meeting the performance criteria for tube structural integrity, accident induced leakage, and operational LEAKAGE.

1. Structural integrity performance criterion: All in-service steam generator tubes shall retain structural integrity over the full range of normal operating conditions (including startup, operation in the power range, hot standby, cooldown, all anticipated transients included in the design specification, and design basis accidents. This includes retaining a safety factor of 3.0 against burst under normal steady state full power operation primary-to-secondary pressure differential and a safety factor of 1.4 against burst applied to the design basis accident primary-to-secondary pressure differentials.

Apart from the above requirements, additional loading conditions associated with the design basis accidents, or combination of accidents in accordance with the design and licensing basis, shall also be evaluated to determine if the associated loads contribute significantly to burst or collapse.

In the assessment of tube integrity, those loads that do significantly affect burst or collapse shall be determined and assessed in combination with the loads due to pressure with a safety factor of 1.2 on the combined primary loads and 1.0

on axial secondary loads.

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-15 (developmental)

G 5.7.2.12 Steam Generator (SG) Program (continued) 2. Accident induced leakage performance criterion: The primary-to-secondary accident induced leakage rate for any design basis accident, other than an SG tube rupture, shall not exceed the leakage rate assumed in the accident analysis in terms of total leakage rate for all SGs and leakage rate for an individual SG. Leakage is not to exceed1 gpm per SG, except for specific types of degradation at specific locations as described in paragraph c.

of the Steam Generator Program.

3. The operational leakage performance criterion is specified in LCO 3.4.13, "RCS Operational LEAKAGE."

c. Provisions for SG tube plugging or repair criteria. Tubes found by inservice inspection to contain flaws with a depth equal to or exceeding 40% of the nominal tube wall thickness shall be plugged or repaired.

d. Provisions for SG tube inspections. Periodic SG tube inspections shall be performed. The number and portions of the tubes inspected and methods of inspection shall be performed with the objective of detecting flaws of any type (e.g., volumetric flaws, axial and circumferential cracks) that may be present along the length of the tube, from the tube-to-tubesheet weld at the tube inlet to the tube-to-tubesheet weld at the tube outlet, and that may satisfy the applicable tube plugging or repair criteria. The tube-to-tubesheet weld is not part of the tube. In addition to meeting the requirements of d.1, d.2, and d.3 below, the inspection scope, inspection methods, and inspection intervals shall be such as to ensure that SG tube integrity is maintained until the next SG inspection. A degradation assessment shall be performed to determine the type and location of flaws to which the tubes may be susceptible and, based on this assessment, to determine which inspection methods need to be employed and at what locations.

1. Inspect 100% of the tubes in each SG during the first refueling outage following SG installation.

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-16 (developmental)

G 5.7.2.12 Steam Generator (SG) Program (continued) 2. After the first refueling outage following SG installation, inspect each SG at least every 24 effective full power months or at least every refueling outage (whichever results in more frequent inspections). In addition, inspect 100% of the tubes at sequential periods of 60 effective full power months beginning after the first refueling outage inspection following SG installation. Each 60 effective full power month inspection period may be extended up to 3 effective full power months to include a SG inspection outage in an inspection period and the subsequent inspection period begins at the conclusion of the included SG inspection outage. If a degradation assessment indicates the potential for a type of degradation to occur at a location not previously inspected with a technique capable of detecting this type of degradation at this location and that may satisfy the applicable tube repair criteria, the minimum number of locations inspected with such a capable inspection technique during the remainder of the inspection period may be prorated. The fraction of locations to be inspected for this potential type of degradation at this location at the end of the inspection period shall be no less than the ratio of the number of times the SG is scheduled to be inspected in the inspection period after the determination that a new form of degradation could potentially be occurring at this location divided by the total number of times the SG is scheduled to be inspected in the inspection period.

3. If crack indications are found in any SG tube, then the next inspection for each affected and potentially affected SG for the degradation mechanism that caused the crack indication shall not exceed 24 effective full power months or one refueling outage (whichever results in more frequent inspections). If definitive information, such as from examination of a pulled tube, diagnostic non-destructive testing, or engineering evaluation indicates that a crack-like indication is not associated with a crack(s), then the indication need not be treated as a crack.

e. Provisions for monitoring operational primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE.

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-17 (developmental)

A 5.7.2.13 Secondary Water Chemistry Program This program provides controls for monitoring secondary water chemistry to inhibit SG tube degradation and low pressure turbine disc stress corrosion cracking. The program shall include: a. Identification of a sampling schedule for the critical variables and control points for these variables; b. Identification of the procedures used to measure the values of the critical variables; c. Identification of process sampling points, which shall include monitoring the discharge of the condensate pumps for evidence of condenser in leakage; d. Procedures for the recording and management of data;

Secondary Water Chemistry Program (continued) e. Procedures defining corrective actions for all off control point chemistry conditions; and f. A procedure identifying the authority responsible for the interpretation of the data and the sequence and timing of administrative events, which is required to initiate corrective action.

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-18 (developmental)

H 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) A program shall be established to implement the following required testing of Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) filter ventilation systems at the frequencies specified in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2; ASME N510-1989, and the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR. a. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that an inplace test of the high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters shows a penetration and system bypass within acceptance criterion when tested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, and ASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.

ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FLOW RATE Emergency Gas Treatment < 0.05% 4,000 cfm +

10% Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment < 0.05% 9,000 cfm +

10% Control Room Emergency < 1.00% 4,000 cfm +

10%

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals (continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-19 (developmental)

H 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued) b. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that an inplace test of the charcoal adsorber shows a penetration and system bypass within acceptance criterion when tested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, and ASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.

ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FLOW RATE Emergency Gas Treatment < 0.05% 4,000 cfm +

10% Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment < 0.05% 9,000 cfm +

10% Control Room Emergency < 1.00% 4,000 cfm +

10%

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals (continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-20 (developmental)

H 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued) c. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that a laboratory test of a sample of the charcoal adsorber, when obtained as described in Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, and the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, shows the methyl iodide penetration less than the value specified below when tested in accordance with ASTM D3803-1989 at a temperature of 30°C and greater than or equal to the relative humidity specified below.

ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM METHYL IODIDE PENETRATION RELATIVE HUMIDITY Emergency Gas Treatment < 0.175% 70% Auxiliary Building Gas

Treatment < 0.175% 70% Control Room Emergency < 1.0% 70%

d. Demonstrate for each of the ESF systems that the pressure drop across the entire filtration unit is less than the value specified below when tested in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, the exceptions noted for each ESF system in Tables 6.5-1, 6.5-2, 6.5-3, and 6.5-4 of the FSAR, and ASME N510-1989 at the system flowrate specified below.

ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM PRESSURE DROP FLOW RATE Emergency Gas Treatment < 7.6 inches water 4,000 cfm +

10% Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment < 7.6 inches water 9,000 cfm +

10% Control Room Emergency < 3.5 inches water 4,000 cfm +

10%

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 5.0-21 (developmental)

A 5.7.2.14 Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP) (continued) e. Demonstrate that the heaters for each of the ESF systems dissipate the value specified below when tested in accordance with ASME N510-1989. ESF VENTILATION SYSTEM AMOUNT OF HEAT Emergency Gas Treatment 20 + 2.0 kW Auxiliary Building Gas Treatment 50 + 5.0 kW The provisions of SR 3.0.2 and SR 3.0.3 are applicable to the VFTP test frequencies.

5.7.2.15 Explosive Gas and Storage Tank Radioactivity Monitoring Program This program provides controls for potentially explosive gas mixtures contained in the Waste Gas Holdup System, the quantity of radioactivity contained in gas storage tanks and the quantity of radioactivity contained in unprotected outdoor liquid storage tanks.

The gaseous radioactivity quantities shall be determined following the methodology in Branch Technical Position (BTP) ETSB 11-5, "Postulated Radioactive Release due to Waste Gas System Leak or Failure." The liquid radwaste quantities shall be determined in accordance with Standard Review Plan, Section 15.7.3, "Postulated Radioactive Release due to Tank Failures." The program shall include: a. The limits for concentrations of hydrogen and oxygen in the Waste Gas Holdup System and a surveillance program to ensure the limits are maintained. Such limits shall be appropriate to the system's design criteria (i.e., the system is not designed to withstand a hydrogen explosion);

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals (continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-22 (developmental)

A 5.7.2.15 Explosive Gas and Storage Tank Radi oactivity Monitoring Program (continued) b. A surveillance program to ensure that the quantity of radioactivity contained in each gas storage tank is less than the amount that would result in a whole body exposure of > 0.5 rem to any individual in an unrestricted area, in the event of an uncontrolled release of the tanks' contents; and c. A surveillance program to ensure that the quantity of radioactivity contained in all outdoor liquid radwaste tanks that are not surrounded by liners, dikes, or walls, capable of holding the tanks' contents and that do not have tank overflows and surrounding area drains connected to the Liquid Radwaste Treatment System is less than the amount that would result in concentrations less than the limits of 10 CFR 20.1302(b)(2)(i), at the nearest potable

water supply and the nearest surface water supply in an unrestricted area, in the event of an uncontrolled release of the tanks' contents.

The provisions of SR 3.0.2 and SR 3.0.3 are applicable to the Explosive Gas and Storage Tank Radioactivity Monitoring Program surveillance frequencies.

5.7.2.16 Diesel Fuel Oil Testing Program A diesel fuel oil testing program to implement required testing of both new fuel oil and stored fuel oil shall be established. The program shall include sampling and testing requirements, and acceptance criteria, all in accordance with applicable ASTM Standards. The purpose of the program is to establish the following: a. Acceptability of new fuel oil for use prior to addition to the 7 day storage tanks by determining that the fuel oil has: 1. an API gravity or an absolute specific gravity within limits, 2. a flash point and kinematics viscosity within limits for ASTM 2D fuel oil, and 3. a clear and bright appearance with proper color;

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals (continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-23 (developmental)

A 5.7.2.16 Diesel Fuel Oil Testing Program (continued) b. Other properties for ASTM 2D fuel oil are within limits within 31 days following sampling and addition to the 7 day storage tanks; and c. Total particulate concentration of the fuel oil in each of the four interconnected tanks which constitute a 7 day storage tank is 10 mg/l when tested every 31 days in accordance with ASTM D-2276, Method A-2 or A-3. 5.7.2.17 (removed from Technical Specifications) 5.7.2.18 Safety Function Determination Program (SFDP) This program ensures loss of safety function is detected and appropriate actions taken. Upon entry into LCO 3.0.6, an evaluation shall be made to determine if loss of safety function exists.

Additionally, other appropriate actions may be taken as a result of the support system inoperability and corresponding exception to entering supported system Condition and Required Actions. This program implements the requirements of LCO 3.0.6. The SFDP shall contain the following: a. Provisions for cross train checks to ensure a loss of the capability to perform the safety function assumed in the accident analysis does not go undetected; b. Provisions for ensuring the plant is maintained in a safe condition if a loss of function condition exists; c. Provisions to ensure that an inoperable supported system's Completion Time is not inappropriately extended as a result of multiple support system inoperabilities; and d. Other appropriate limitations and remedial or compensatory actions.

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals (continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-24 (developmental)

A 5.7.2.18 Safety Function Determination Program (SFDP) (continued) A loss of safety function exists when, assuming no concurrent single failure, a safety function assumed in the accident analysis cannot be performed. For the purpose of this program, a loss of safety function may exist when a support system is inoperable, and: a. A required system redundant to the system(s) supported by the inoperable support system is also inoperable; or b. A required system redundant to the system(s) in turn supported by the inoperable supported system is also inoperable; or c. A required system redundant to the support system(s) for the supported systems (a) and (b) above is also inoperable. The SFDP identifies where a loss of safety function exists. If a loss of safety function is determined to exist by this program, the appropriate Conditions and Required Actions of the LCO in which the loss of safety function exists are required to be entered. 5.7.2.19 Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program A program shall be established to implement the leakage rate testing of the containment as required by 10 CFR 50.54(o) and 10 CFR 50

Appendix J, Option B, as modified by approved exemptions. This program shall be in accordance with the guidelines contained in Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.163, "Performance-Based Containment Leak-Test Program," dated September 1995. The peak calculated containment internal pressure for the design basis loss of coolant accident, P a, is 15.0 psig. The maximum allowable containment leakage rate, L a , at P a , is 0.25% of the primary containment air weight per day.

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-25 (developmental)

H 5.7.2.19 Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program (continued) Leakage rate acceptance criteria are: a. Containment overall leakage rate acceptance criterion is 1.0 L a. During the first unit startup following testing in accordance with this program, the leakage rate acceptance criteria are < 0.60 L a for the combined Type B and Type C tests, and 0.75 L a for Type A tests. b. Air lock testing acceptance criteria are: 1. Overall air lock leakage rate is 0.05 L a when tested at >

P a. 2. For each door, leakage rate is 0.01 L a when pressurized to 6 psig. The provisions of SR 3.0.2 do not apply to the test frequencies specified in the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program. The provisions of SR 3.0.3 are applicable to the Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program. 5.7.2.20 Control Room Envelope Habitability Program A Control Room Envelope (CRE) Habitability Program shall be established and implemented to ensure that CRE habitability is maintained such that, with an OPERABLE Control Room Emergency Ventilation System (CREVS), CRE occupants can control the reactor safely under normal conditions and maintain it in a safe condition following a radiological event, hazardous chemical release, or a smoke challenge. The program shall ensure that adequate radiation protection is provided to permit access and occupancy of the CRE under design basis accident (DBA) conditions without personnel receiving radiation exposures in excess of the applicable regulatory requirement {i.e., 5 rem Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) for a fuel handling accident or 5 rem whole body or its equivalent to any part of the body} for the duration of the accident. The program shall include the following elements: a. The definition of the CRE and the CRE boundary. b. Requirements for maintaining the CRE boundary in its design condition including configuration control and preventive maintenance.

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-26 (developmental)

A 5.7.2.20 Control Room Envelope Habitability Program (continued) c. Requirements for (i) determining the unfiltered air inleakage past the CRE boundary into the CRE in accordance with the testing methods and at the Frequencies specified in Sections C.1 and C.2 of Regulatory Guide 1.197, "Demonstrating Control Room Envelope Integrity at Nuclear Power Reactors," Revision 0, May 2003, and (ii) assessing CRE habitability at the Frequencies specified in Sections C.1 and C.2 of Regulatory Guide 1.197, Revision 0. d. Measurement, at designated locations, of the CRE pressure relative to all external areas adjacent to the CRE boundary during the pressurization mode of operation by one train of the CREVS, operating at the flow rate defined in the Ventilation Filter Testing Program (VFTP), at a Frequency of 18 months on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS. The results shall be trended and used as part of the 18 month assessment of the CRE boundary. e. The quantitative limits on unfiltered air inleakage into the CRE. These limits shall be stated in a manner to allow direct comparison to the unfiltered air inleakage measured by the testing described in paragraph c. The unfiltered air inleakage limit for radiological challenges is the inleakage flow rate assumed in the licensing basis analyses of DBA consequences.

Unfiltered air inleakage limits for hazardous chemicals must ensure that exposure of CRE occupants to these hazards will be within the assumptions in the licensing basis. f. The provisions of SR 3.0.2 are applicable to the frequencies for assessing CRE habitability, determining CRE unfiltered inleakage, and measuring CRE pressure and assessing the CRE boundary as required by paragraphs c and d, respectively.

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals (continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-27 (developmental)

H 5.7.2.21 Battery Monitoring and Maintenance Program This Program provides controls for battery restoration and maintenance. The program shall be in accordance with IEEE Standard (Std) 450-2002, "IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications," as endorsed by Regulatory Guide 1.129, Revision 2 (RG), with RG exceptions and program provisions as identified below: a. The program allows the following RG 1.129, Revision 2 exceptions: 1. Battery temperature correction may be performed before or after conducting discharge tests. 2. RG 1.129, Regulatory Position 1, Subsection 2, "References," is not applicable to this program. 3. In lieu of RG 1.129, Regulatory Position 2, Subsection 5.2, "Inspections," the following shall be used: "Where reference is made to the pilot cell, pilot cell selection shall be based on the lowest voltage cell in the battery." 4. In Regulatory Guide 1.129, Regulatory Position 3, Subsection 5.4.1, "State of Charge Indicator," the following statements in paragraph (d) may be omitted: "When it has been recorded that the charging current has stabilized at the charging voltage for three consecutive hourly measurements, the battery is near full charge. These measurements shall be made after the initially high charging current decreases sharply and the battery voltage rises to approach the charger output voltage." 5. In lieu of RG 1.129, Regulatory Position 7, Subsection 7.6, "Restoration", the following may be used: "Following the test, record the float voltage of each cell of the string."

Procedures, Programs, and Manuals 5.7 5.7 Procedures, Programs, and Manuals (continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-28 (developmental)

H 5.7.2.21 Battery Monitoring and Maintenance Program (continued) b. The program shall include the following provisions: 1. Actions to restore battery cells with float voltage < 2.13 V; 2. Actions to determine whether the float voltage of the remaining battery cells is 2.13 V when the float voltage of a battery cell has been found to be < 2.13 V; 3. Actions to equalize and test battery cells that had been discovered with electrolyte level below the top of the plates; 4. Limits on average electrolyte temperature, battery connection resistance, and battery terminal voltage; and 5. A requirement to obtain specific gravity readings of all cells at each discharge test, consistent with manufacturer recommendations.

SFDP 5.8 Watts Bar - Unit 2 5.0-29 (developmental)

A 5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS

5.8 Safety

Function Determination Program (SFDP) (moved to 5.7.2.18)

Reporting Requirements 5.9 (continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 5.0-30 (developmental)

H 5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS

5.9 Reporting

Requirements The following reports shall be submitted in accordance with 10 CFR 50.4. 5.9.1 DELETED 5.9.2 Annual Radiological Environmental Operating Report -------------------------------------------------NOTE------------------------------------------------- A single submittal may be made for a multiple unit station. The submittal should combine sections common to all units at the station.

The Annual Radiological Environmental Operating Report covering the operation of the unit during the previous calendar year shall be submitted by May 15 of each year. The report shall include summaries, interpretations, and analyses of trends of the results of the Radiological Environmental Monitoring Program for the reporting period. The material provided shall be consistent with the objectives outlined in the Offsite Dose Calculation Manual (ODCM), and in 10 CFR 50, Appendix I, Sections IV.B.2, IV.B.3, and IV.C. The Annual Radiological Environmental Operating Report shall include the results of analyses of all radiological environmental samples and of all environmental radiation measurements taken during the period pursuant to the locations specified in the table and figures in the ODCM, as well as summarized and tabulated results of these analyses and measurements in the format of the table in the Radiological Assessment Branch Technical Position, Revision 1, November 1979. In the event that some individual results are not available for inclusion with the report, the report shall be submitted noting and explaining the reasons for the missing results. The missing data shall be submitted in a supplementary report as soon as possible.

Reporting Requirements 5.9 5.9 Reporting Requirements (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 5.0-31 (developmental)

B 5.9.3 Radioactive Effluent Release Report

NOTE------------------------------------------------- A single submittal may be made for a multiple unit station. The submittal should combine sections common to all units at the station; however, for units with separate radwaste systems, the submittal shall specify the releases of radioactive material from each unit.

The Radioactive Effluent Release Report covering the operation of the unit during the previous year shall be submitted prior to May 1 of each year in accordance with 10 CFR 50.36a. The report shall include a summary of the quantities of radioactive liquid and gaseous effluents and solid waste released from the unit. The material provided shall be consistent with the objectives outlined in the ODCM and Process Control Program and in conformance with 10 CFR 50.36a and 10 CFR 50, Appendix I, Section IV.B.1. 5.9.4 DELETED 5.9.5 CORE OPERATING LIMITS REPORT (COLR)

a. Core operating limits shall be established prior to the initial and each reload cycle, or prior to any remaining portion of a cycle, and shall be documented in the COLR for the following: LCO 3.1.4 Moderator Temperature Coefficient LCO 3.1.6 Shutdown Bank Insertion Limits LCO 3.1.7 Control Bank Insertion Limits LCO 3.2.1 Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor LCO 3.2.2 Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor LCO 3.2.3 Axial Flux Difference LCO 3.9.1 Boron Concentration

b. The analytical methods used to determine the core operating limits shall be those previously reviewed and approved by the NRC, specifically those described in the following documents:

Reporting Requirements 5.9

5.9 Reporting

Requirements (continued)

(continued)Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-32 (developmental)

B 5.9.5 CORE OPERATING LIMITS REPORT (COLR) (continued) 1. WCAP-9272-P-A, WESTINGHOUSE RELOAD SAFETY EVALUATION METHODOLOGY," July 1985 (W Proprietary). (Methodology for Specifications 3.1.4 - Moderator Temperature Coefficient, 3.1.6 -

Shutdown Bank Insertion Limit, 3.1.7 - Control Bank Insertion Limits, 3.2.1 - Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor, 3.2.2 - Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor, 3.2.3 - Axial Flux Difference, and 3.9.1 - Boron

Concentration). 2a. WCAP-16009-P-A, "Realistic Large-Break LOCA Evaluation Methodology Using the Automated Statistical Treatment of Uncertainty Method (ASTRUM)," January 2005 (W Proprietary).(Methodology for Specification 3.2.1 - Heat Flux HotChannel Factor, and 3.2.2 - Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor). 2b. WCAP-10054-P-A, "Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using NOTRUMP Code," August 1985. Addendum 2, Rev. 1: "Addendum to the Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model using the NOTRUMP Code: Safety Injection into the Broken Loop and COSI Condensation Model," July 1997. (W Proprietary). (Methodology for Specifications 3.2.1 - Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor, and 3.2.2 - Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor).

3. WCAP-10216-P-A, Revision 1A, "RELAXATION OF CONSTANT AXIAL OFFSET CONTROL F(Q) SURVEILLANCE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION," February 1994 (W Proprietary). (Methodology for Specifications 3.2.1 - Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (W(Z) Surveillance Requirements For F(Q) Methodology) and 3.2.3 - Axial Flux Difference (Relaxed Axial Offset Control).) 4. WCAP-12610-P-A, "VANTAGE + FUEL ASSEMBLY REFERENCE CORE REPORT," April 1995. (W Proprietary). (Methodology for Specification 3.2.1 - Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor).

Reporting Requirements 5.9 5.9 Reporting Requirements (continued)

(continued)Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-33 (developmental)

A 5.9.5 CORE OPERATING LIMITS REPORT (COLR) (continued) 5. WCAP-15088-P, Rev. 1, "Safety Evaluation Supporting A More Negative EOL Moderator Temper ature Coefficient Technical Specification for the Watts Bar Nuclear Plant," July 1999, (W Proprietary), as approved by the NRC staff's Safety Evaluation accompanying the issuance of Amendment No. 20 (Methodology for Specification 3.1.4 - Moderator Temperature Coefficient.). 6. WCAP-11397-P-A, "Revised Thermal Design Procedure," April 1989. (Methodology for Specification 3.2.2 - Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor). 7. WCAP-15025-P-A, "Modified WRB-2 Correlation, WRB-2M, for Predicting Critical Heat Flux in 17 x 17 Rod Bundles with Modified LPD Mixing Vane Grids," April 1999. (Methodology for Specification 3.2.2 - Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor). 8. WCAP-14565-P-A, "VIPRE-01 Modeling and Qualification for Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Thermal-Hydraulic Safety Analysis," October 1999. (Methodology for Specification 3.2.2 - Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor).

c. The core operating limits shall be determined such that all applicable limits (e.g., fuel thermal mechanical limits, core thermal hydraulic limits, Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) limits, nuclear limits such as SDM, transient analysis limits, and accident analysis limits) of the safety analysis are met. d. The COLR, including any midcycle revisions or supplements, shall be provided upon issuance for each reload cycle to the NRC.

Reporting Requirements 5.9 5.9 Reporting Requirements (continued)

(continued)Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-34 (developmental)

B 5.9.6 Reactor Coolant System (RCS) PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE LIMITS REPORT (PTLR) a. RCS pressure and temperature limits for heatup, cooldown, low temperature operation, criticality, and hydrostatic testing as well as heatup and cooldown rates shall be established and documented in the PTLR for the following: LCO 3.4.3 RCS Pressure and Temperature (P/T) Limits b. The power operated relief valve lift settings required to support the Cold Overpressure Mitigation System (COMS) and the COMS arming temperature shall be established and documented in the PTLR for the following: LCO 3.4.12 Cold Overpressure Mitigation System c. The analytical methods used to determine the RCS pressure and temperature limits and Cold Overpressure Mitigation System setpoints shall be those previously reviewed and approved by the NRC, specifically those described in the following documents: 1. WCAP-14040-A, Rev. 4 "Methodology Used to Develop Cold Overpressure Mitigating System Setpoints and RCS Heatup and Cooldown Limit Curves." 2. The PTLR will contain the complete identification for each of the TS reference Topical Reports used to prepare the PTLR (i.e., report number, title, revision, date, and any supplements). d. The PTLR shall be provided to the NRC upon issuance for each reactor vessel fluence period and for any revision or supplement thereto.

Reporting Requirements 5.9 5.9 Reporting Requirements (continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-35 (developmental)

G 5.9.7 EDG Failures Report If an individual emergency diesel generator (EDG) experiences four or more valid failures in the last 25 demands, these failures and any nonvalid failures experienced by that EDG in that time period shall be reported within 30 days. Reports on EDG failures shall include the information recommended in Regulatory Guide 1.9, Revision 3, Regulatory Position C.4, or existing Regulatory Guide 1.108 reporting requirement.

5.9.8 PAMS Report When a Report is required by Condition B or F of LCO 3.3.3, "Post Accident Monitoring (PAM) Instrumentation," a report shall be submitted within the following 14 days. The report shall outline the preplanned alternate method of monitoring, the cause of the inoperability, and the plans and schedule for restoring the instrumentation channels of the Function to OPERABLE status.

5.9.9 Steam

Generator Tube Inspection Report A report shall be submitted within 180 days after the initial entry into MODE 4 following completion of an inspection performed in accordance with the Specification 5.7.2.12, Steam Generator (SG) Program. The report shall include:

a. The scope of inspections performed on each SG,

b. Active degradation mechanisms found, c. Nondestructive examination techniques utilized for each degradation mechanism,

d. Location, orientation (if linear), and measured sizes (if available) of service induced indications, e. Number of tubes plugged or repaired during the inspection outage for each active degradation mechanism,

f. The number and percentage of tubes plugged or repaired to date, and the effective plugging percentage in each SG,

g. The results of condition monitoring, including the results of tube pulls and in-situ testing, and

h. Repair method utilized and the number of tubes repaired by each repair method.

Record Retention 5.10 Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-36 (developmental)

A 5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS

5.10 Record Retention (removed from Technical Specifications)

High Radiation Area 5.11 (continued)

Watts Bar-Unit 2 5.0-37 (developmental)

A 5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS

5.11 High Radiation Area As provided in paragraph 20.1601(c) of 10 CFR Part 20, the following controls shall be applied to high radiation areas in place of the controls required by paragraph 20.1601(a) and (b) of 10 CFR Part 20: 5.11.1 High Radiation Areas with Dose Rates Not Exceeding 1.0 rem/hour at 30 Centimeters from the Radiation Source or from any Surface Penetrated by the Radiation a. Each entryway to such an area shall be barricaded and conspicuously posted as a high radiation area. Such barricades may be opened as necessary to permit entry or exit of personnel or equipment. b. Access to, and activities in, each such area shall be controlled by means of Radiation Work Permit (RWP) or equivalent that includes specification of radiation dose rates in the immediate work area(s) and other appropriate radiation protection equipment and measures. c. Individuals qualified in radiation protection procedures and personnel continuously escorted by such individuals may be exempted from the requirement for an RWP or equivalent while performing their assigned duties provided that they are otherwise following plant radiation protection procedures for entry to, exit from, and work in such areas. d. Each individual entering such an area shall possess: 1. A radiation monitoring device that continuously displays radiation dose rates in the area; or 2. A radiation monitoring device that continuously integrates the radiation dose rates in the area and alarms when the device's dose alarm setpoint is reached, with an appropriate alarm setpoint, or 3. A radiation monitoring device that continuously transmits dose rate and cumulative dose information to a remote receiver monitored by radiation protection personnel responsible for controlling personnel radiation exposure within the area, or

High Radiation Area 5.11 High Radiation Area (continued)Watts Bar - Unit 2 5.0-38 (developmental)

A 5.11.1 High Radiation Areas with Dose Rates Not Exceeding 1.0 rem/hour at 30 Centimeters from the Radiation Source or from any Surface Penetrated by the Radiation (continued) 4. A self-reading dosimeter (e.g., pocket ionization chamber or electronic dosimeter) and, (i) Be under the surveillance, as specified in the RWP or equivalent, while in the area, of an individual qualified in radiation protection procedures, equipped with a radiation monitoring device that continuously displays radiation dose rates in the area; who is responsible for controlling personnel exposure within the area, or (ii) Be under the surveillance as specified in the RWP or equivalent, while in the area, by means of closed circuit television, of personnel qualified in radiation protection procedures, responsible for controlling personnel radiation exposure in the area, and with the means to communicate with individuals in the area who are covered by such surveillance. e. Except for individuals qualified in radiation protection procedures, or personnel continuously escorted by such individuals, entry into such areas shall be made only after dose rates in the area have been determined and entry personnel are knowledgeable of them. These continuously escorted personnel will receive a pre-job briefing prior to entry into such areas. This dose rate determination, knowledge, and pre-job briefing does not require documentation prior to initial entry.

High Radiation Area 5.11High Radiation Area (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 5.0-39 (developmental)

A 5.11.2 High Radiation Areas with Dose Rates Greater than 1.0 rem/hour at 30 Centimeters from the Radiation Source or from any Surface Penetrated by the Radiation, but less than 500 rads/hour at 1 Meter from the Radiation Source or from any Surface Penetrated by the Radiation

a. Each entryway to such an area shall be conspicuously posted as a high radiation area and shall be provided with a locked or, continuously guarded door or gate that prevents unauthorized entry, and, in addition: 1. All such door and gate keys shall be maintained under the administrative control of the Shift Manager, radiation protection manager, or his or her designee. 2. Doors and gates shall remain locked except during periods of personnel or equipment entry or exit. b. Access to, and activities in, each such area shall be controlled by means of an RWP or equivalent that includes specification of radiation dose rates in the immediate work area(s) and other appropriate radiation protection equipment and measures. c. Individuals qualified in radiation protection procedures may be exempted from the requirement for an RWP or equivalent while performing radiation surveys in such areas provided that they are otherwise following plant radiation protection procedures for entry to, exit from, and work in such areas. d. Each individual entering such an area shall possess: 1. A radiation monitoring device that continuously integrates the radiation rates in the area and alarms when the device's dose alarm setpoint is reached, with an appropriate alarm setpoint, or 2. A radiation monitoring device that continuously transmits dose rate and cumulative dose information to a remote receiver monitored by radiation protection personnel responsible for controlling personnel radiation exposure within the area with the means to communicate with and control every individual in the area, or

High Radiation Area 5.11 High Radiation Area Watts Bar - Unit 2 5.0-40 (developmental)

B 5.11.2 High Radiation Areas with Dose Rates Greater than 1.0 rem/hour at 30 Centimeters from the Radiation Source or from any Surface Penetrated by the Radiation, but less than 500 rads/hour at 1 Meter from the Radiation Source or from any Surface Penetrated by the Radiation (continued) 3. A self-reading dosimeter (e.g., pocket ionization chamber or electronic dosimeter) and, (i) Be under the surveillance, as specified in the RWP or equivalent, while in the area, of an individual qualified in radiation protection procedures, equipped with a radiation monitoring device that continuously displays radiation dose rates in the area; who is responsible for controlling personnel exposure within the area, or (ii) Be under the surveillance as specified in the RWP or equivalent, while in the area, by means of closed circuit television, of personnel qualified in radiation protection procedures, responsible for controlling personnel radiation exposure in the area, and with the means to communicate with and control every individual in the area.4. In those cases where options (2) and (3), above, are impractical or determined to be inconsistent with the "As Low As is Reasonably Achievable" principle, a radiation monitoring device that continuously displays radiation dose rates in the area. e. Except for individuals qualified in radiation protection procedures, or personnel continuously escorted by such individuals, entry into such areas shall be made only after dose rates in the area have been determined and entry personnel are knowledgeable of them. These continuously escorted personnel will receive a pre-job briefing prior to entry into such areas. This dose rate determination, knowledge, and pre-job briefing does not require documentation prior to initial entry. f. Such individual areas that are within a larger area where no enclosure exists for the purpose of locking and where no enclosure can reasonably be constructed around the individual area need not be controlled by a locked door or gate, nor continuously guarded, but shall be barricaded, conspicuously posted, and a clearly visible flashing light shall be activated at the area as a warning device.

ML13357A053

Text

1.1 Definitions

2.0 SAFETY

3.0 LIMITING

3.0 SURVEILLANCE

3.1 REACTIVITY

3.1.2 SHUTDOWN

3.2 POWER

3.2.2 Nuclear

3.4 REACTOR

3.6 CONTAINMENT

3.7 PLANT

3.7.8 Essential

3.8 ELECTRICAL

3.9 REFUELING

5.0 ADMINISTRATIVE

1.1 Definitions

1.1 Definitions

1.1 Definitions

1.1 Definitions

1.1 Definitions

1.1 Definitions

1.1 Definitions

1.1 Watts

1.2 Logical

1.2 Logical

1.2 Logical

1.3 Completion

1.3 Completion

1.3 Completion

1.3 Completion

1.3 Completion

1.3 Completion

1.3 Completion

1.3 Completion

1.3 Completion

1.3 Completion

1.3 Completion

1.3 Completion

1.4 Frequency

1.4 Frequency

1.4 Frequency

1.4 Frequency

2.1.1 Reactor

2.2.3 Within

3.1.1 SHUTDOWN

3.1.2 SHUTDOWN

3.1.3 Watts

3.1.3 Watts

3.1.4 Moderator

3.1.5 Watts

3.1.5 Watts

3.1.5 Watts

3.1.6 Watts

3.1.6 Shutdown

3.1.6 Watts

3.1.7 Watts

3.1.7 Control

3.1.7 Watts

3.1.7 Watts

3.1.8 Watts

3.1.8 Watts

3.1.8 Watts

3.1.9 Watts

3.1.9 PHYSICS

3.1.9 Watts

3.2.2 Watts

3.2.2 Nuclear

3.2.2 Watts

3.2.3 AXIAL

3.2.4 QUADRANT

3.3.1 Watts

3.3.1 Reactor

3.3.1 Watts

3.3.1 Watts

3.3.1 Watts

3.3.1 Watts

3.3.1 Watts

3.3.1 Watts